Engineering Thermodynamics

91
Template for a Course Specification University: University of Aden Faculty: Faculty of Engineering Department: Mechanical Engineering Department Program title: BSc in Marine Engineering Program Approval date of course specification: I. Course Identification and General Information: 1 Course Title: Engineering Thermodynamics 2 Course Number & Code: ME232 3 Credit hours: C.H Total Th. Pr. Tut. Tr. 3 3 1 - 5 4 Study level/year at which this course is offered: Second Year/Second Semester 5 Pre –requisite (if any): FR121: Mathematics I , FR131: Physics I , FR132: Physics II 6 Co –requisite (if any): ME 202: Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic Machinery 7 Name of faculty member responsible for the course: From Mechanical Engineering Department (Thermal Engineering Staff) 8 Program (s) in which the course is offered: Mechanical Engineering Department 9 Language of teaching the course: English Language 10 Location of teaching the course: Madinat Al-Shaab - Aden 11 Prepared By: Dr. M.A.Mukbel, Dr. M. Khan, Dr. Fahmi Azazi, Dr. Maan Garada 1

Transcript of Engineering Thermodynamics

Page 1: Engineering Thermodynamics

Template for a Course Specification

University University of Aden

FacultyFaculty of Engineering

DepartmentMechanical Engineering Department

Program titleBSc in Marine Engineering Program

Approval date of course specification

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Engineering Thermodynamics

2 Course Number amp Code ME232

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr3 3 1 - 5

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered Second YearSecond Semester

5Pre ndashrequisite (if any) FR121 Mathematics I FR131 Physics I

FR132 Physics II

6Co ndashrequisite (if any) ME 202 Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulic

Machinery

7Name of faculty member responsible for the

courseFrom Mechanical Engineering Department

(Thermal Engineering Staff)8 Program (s) in which the course is offered Mechanical Engineering Department

9 Language of teaching the course English Language

10 Location of teaching the course Madinat Al-Shaab - Aden

11 Prepared By Dr MAMukbel Dr M Khan Dr Fahmi Azazi Dr Maan Garada

12 Approved By Council of Aden University 2012

1

II Course DescriptionBasic definitions include the first and second laws of thermodynamics ideal and real gases thermodynamic properties and introductory cycle analysis

III Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

The course enables students to- Understand the relationship between internal energy heat and work as expressed by the First Law of Thermodynamics

- Know the properties of air gases steam - Apply the conservation of energy to thermodynamics systems - Explain the concept of entropy - Apply the Second Law of Thermodynamics to defining the efficiency of the systems

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course(A) Knowledge and Understanding On completing the this course the graduate should have knowledge and understanding- The concept of the 1st Law of Thermodynamics and its application to non-flow amp steady-flow processes involving perfect gases or vapors - The implication of the 2nd Law of Thermodynamics on heat engine efficiency - Evaluation of entropy and the changes of entropy for various processes involving perfect gases or vapors

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding A3 - Engineering principles quantitative

methods mathematical modeling to enable

them to exercise their engineering

disciplines effectively

A5- Concepts principles and theories

After completing this program students would be able to

A1- determine state property changes for pure substances and for ideal gases A2- compute the amount of energy transferred by heat andor amounts of energy transferred by work for closed systems containing a pure substance or an ideal gas

2

appropriate for a career in engineering and

an understanding of their applications in

marine engineering

A3- compute heat transfer rate and or shaft power of the flow of a pure substance or of an ideal gas through a control volume A4- compute the amount of energy transferred by work during an isentropic process in a closed system A5- use isentropic efficiency to analyze the operation of actual adiabatic turbines compressors nozzles and pumps A6- compute energy transfer rates and thermal efficiency for ideal Rankine cycles

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Teaching strategies to be used

Methods of assessment of knowledge and

Understanding acquired

A1 Lectures supported by examples and

-Assignment-Demonstration

Test interview discussion group Quizzes

A2 Lectures Class Exercises Experimental Work in Laboratory

Test discussion group Tutorial

A3 Lectures Class Exercises Test discussion group Tutorial

A4 Lectures Class Exercises Experimental Work in Laboratory

Test discussion group Tutorial Interview

A5 Lectures Class Exercises Experimental Work in Laboratory

Test discussion group Tutorial

A6 Lectures Class Exercises Experimental Work in Laboratory

Test discussion group Tutorial

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual Skills

3

Intellectual skillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the course students would be able

toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be

used to develop these Intellectual

skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

4

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General

and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order

Topic List Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number of

Weekscontact hours

1 Concepts and definitions

A1 11 Introduction 12 Dimension and units 13 Thermodynamic systems 14 Density specific weight specific 15 volume specific gravity Pressure 16 Temperature and the Zeroth law of thermodynamics 17 Thermodynamic processes and

2 8

5

cycles 18 Reversible and irreversible processes 19 Equation of state of an ideal gas 110 Avogadrorsquos number Boltzmanrsquos constant and compressibility

2

First law of thermodynamics A2 A3

21 First law of thermodynamics for a system 22 Internal energy 23 Internal energy of an ideal gas 24 Enthalpy 25 Application of the first law to a closed system 26 The first law of thermodynamics for a control volume 27 The steady state flow process 28 Work and the steady state reversible flow process 29 Application to steady state flow energy equation 210 Carnot cycle 211 First law applied to steady state chemical systems

3 12

3

Properties of pure substances A4

31 One component system 32 Liquid-vapor system 33 Extension to the solid phase 34 Thermodynamic surfaces 35 Tables of properties 36 The ideal-gas model 37 Compressibility factor 38 Problems

3 12

4The second law of thermodynamics A5

41 The second law of thermodynamics 42 The Carnot cycle and principles 43 The thermodynamic principle scale 44 Clausius theorem 45 Entropy 46 Temperature Entropy diagram 47 Gas tables 48 Isentropic relations for an ideal gas 49 Entropy change for a control volume 410 Entropic efficiency 411 Physical interpretation of entropy

4 16

5 Analysis of thermodynamics of

A6 51 Ideal processes 52 The reciprocating compressor

3 12

6

cycles

cycle 53 The Rankine vapor-power cycle 54 Reheat cycle 55 The standard Otto cycle 56 The gas turbine cycle 57 Stage compression and expansion 58 Refrigeration cycle 59 Rankine vapor-compression refrigeration cycle

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester 15 60

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order

Practical Skills ListAligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To

Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components

LaboratoryTutorialTotal Theoretical Lectures

451545

7

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 In class brainstorming sessions

15 Online discussion and forum

16 Interactive class discussion

17 Presentations and critical reading

18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department

8

Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1- Rayner and Joel Basic Engineering Thermodynamucs 5th edition 1995 Addison Wesley

Longman Ltd

2- Cengel amp Boles Thermodynamics 4th edition Tata Mc Graw

2- Essential References

1- H N Sawant Applied Thermodynamics ndash 2003 Akshar Rachana

2- Sonntage RE Fundamental of Thermodynamics ndash 6th edition - 2003

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1- Data Show2- Compter Lab3- Screen4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1- Detailed lecture notes are available on the web (for viewing andor downloading)2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

1-2-3-

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

9

Others (specify)

10

Instruction of ACourse Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

Approval date of course specification

Write the year in which the course specification has been Approval

I Course Identification and General Information

1Course Title Insert course title ndash use actual title from academic

catalogue

2

Course Number amp Code Insert the course number code number for the course

If it is not available Please leave blank course code will be obtained by the Academic Affairs Unit once a new course has been approved in principle at the relevant Academic Board

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut TrWrite the number of

Theo hours

Write the number of

Prac hours

Write the

number of

Tute hours

Write the

number of Field

Tr hours

Write the number of

credit hours for

the course

4Study levelyear at which this

course is offeredShow Study levelYear when the course is intended

to be taken Criteria for Upper amp Lower Division Courses

5

Pre ndashrequisite (if any) List all courses specified as prerequisites for this course

List any courses or other requirements that are prerequisites for enrolling in the course

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any) List any courses or other experiences that must

11

be taken concurrently with this course

7

Name of faculty member responsible for the course

insert the Name of faculty member responsible for the course

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for teaching and reporting on the delivery of a course that persons name should be given If a team of faculty teach the course and one person has been given coordinating responsibility that persons name should be shown If it is a new course for which an instructor has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8

Program (s) in which the course is offered

Write the name of the program in which the course is offered

A course may be offered in more than one program and a brief explanation may be needed to show how it relates to those programs As a guide if a course is an important component of several programs list these programs If it is used as a general skills course or a service course for a number of programs this should be noted and an indication given of the fields that are supported by it (A first year course in mathematics might be an example of this) If the course is a general elective which could be taken in many different programs this should be noted but those programs would not be listed

9Language of teaching the

courseWrite Language of teaching the course

10

Location of teaching the course

insert location name in which the course is offered

If the course is offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done

11 Prepared By

12 Approved By

Insert the number of credit hours for the course

CreditsCredit is a time-based andor competency-based quantitative measure assigned to courses or course equivalent learning Although certain exceptions are readily acknowledged the most generally acceptable determinants of credit seem to be student time or competency The basis for the ratio between student time and

12

student credit at CCC rests on the assumption that 45 hours of student effort in most educational settings will generate one hour of credit A course hour refers to 50-minute ldquohoursrdquoLecture and lab hours should be consistent with University discipline standards Most courses fit one of two patterns described below from the studentrsquos perspectiveLecture Course HourIn this educational setting the student spends 15 course hours in class per one credit and a presumption of 30 course-related hours out of class for a total of 45 hours Learning and instructional methods may varyLaboratory Course Hour For Transferrable Lab Credit a lab hour will be defined as one spent working actively to develop a skill whether applied or cognitive fundamental to the course content under the supervision of qualified facultyIn this educational setting the student spends 30 hours in class per one credit and a presumption of 15 course-related hours out of class for a total of 45 hours Learning and instructional methods may varyLecture and Lab hours are assigned credits as follows

Lecture and Lab hours are assigned credits as followsLecture 1 lecture hour = 1

creditLab 1 lab hour = 1

credit2 lab hours = 1 credit3 lab hours = 2 credits4 lab hours = 2 credits5 lab hours = 3 credits6 lab hours = 3 credits

II Course Description Write several sentences about the importance of the course for the program and for the

proficiency In addition you can mention the position of the course in the program such as if it is a required or elective You can mention some basic knowledge or skills that such a course will provide students with and its importance for their major or jobs in the future

The course description is a brief explanation which will be printed in the catalog written

13

in phrases rather than complete sentences clearly identifying critical or key content areas Information about teaching methods procedures not directly related to course content are not included in the description

The catalog description must be limited to 30 words or fewer and should communicate clearly to students the basic content of the course Prerequisites and other qualifiers are not included in the limitation of 30 words or fewer

-

III Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the courseFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to each

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the

course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration

ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use

14

A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill

The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule

ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline

Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning

in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals

assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes

Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the

courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been

updated

either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program

15

since its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a new

technological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the

differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000)

may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy

at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains

of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand order

16

Match Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage reviseQuote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to1 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied2 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied

17

3 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and movements associated with them

4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 4 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics5 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques6 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each7 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items8 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis9 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes10 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 11 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive12 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities13 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 14 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing15 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 16 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option17 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing18 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects19 List and describe the use of editing commands20 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing21 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing22 Change the properties of selected objects23 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing24 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties25 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing26 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Description of the knowledge and Understanding of Subject to be acquired

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toDescription of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire

A1- A1-

18

A2- A2-A3-A4-

Description of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire [List the Learning Outcomes to be achieved from the course This should be a list of topics or areas of knowledge that students should know and understand when they complete the course

Course objectives must be aligned to the PILOs and other standards ]

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned ]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Teaching strategies to be used

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Methods of assessment of knowledge and Understanding

acquired Explain how acquisition of knowledge will be assessed [Insert your description and schedule of readings assignments tests and exams A

sample follows]Indicate the grading structure of the course and how students are evaluated

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Identify specific instructional methods and types of activities and assignments to be used by the teacher to facilitate student achievement of the stated learning outcomes - eg lectures demonstrations study of written audiovisual or other materials in-class discussions one-on-one conferences group work student presentations electronic chat activities Explicitly tying specific instructional methods andor assignments to specific student learning outcomes will help students to know what skills knowledge or understanding they are expected to work on gaining in and through each of the activities of the course It will also help them to understand what evidence of their achievement you will be examining in evaluating their work For

19

General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals ExamplemdashLectures tutorials and independent study assignments Introductory lecture gives an overview of the content and significance of the course and of its relationship to studentsrsquo existing knowledge Each subsequent lecture begins with a similar overview linking the particular content of the presentation to the general overview Tutorials review the content of each lecture and clarify any matters not understood Individual assignments require use of library reference material and web sites to identify information required to complete tasks

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain the standards on the basis of which studentsrsquo in-class work and assignments will be evaluated and show the relationship between each individually graded assignment and the calculation of the midterm and final grade for the course Since all work undertaken by students in a course should provide an opportunity for them to demonstrate their achievement of one or more of the stated learning outcomes both in-class and out-of-class assignment prompts and grading standards should be explicitly linked to and conceptually consistent with the learning outcomes For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and marker student learning outcomes See General Education Program learning goals The assessment section should be a brief listing of the minimum assessment tools required for use in the course as determined by the course instructor - Keep your learning outcomes in mind when developing assessments - Your intended learning outcomes should shape your assessment procedures - Select a variety of assessment procedures because these measure the extent to

which students have achieved the course learning outcomes- Your assessment rubrics or grading criteria should directly reflect key components

of your outcomes

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose

20

is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goalsassignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms

The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in

21

Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been updatedsince its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a newtechnological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000) may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilitiesThe description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand orderMatch Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage revise

22

Quote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to27 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied28 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied29 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and

movements associated with them 4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious

23

Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 30 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics31 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques32 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each33 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items34 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis35 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes36 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 37 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive38 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities39 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 40 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing41 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 42 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option43 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing44 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects45 List and describe the use of editing commands46 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing47 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing48 Change the properties of selected objects49 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing50 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties51 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing52 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the course students would be able to

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to develop

B1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-

24

B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to developAs a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list

should include both the use of analytic and predictive formulae and conceptual tools when asked to do sot and the ability to identify and use ones that are appropriate for new and unanticipated problems

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these

Intellectual skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

Explain techniques to be used to teach and encourage appropriate use of cognitive skills

ExamplemdashExplanations and examples given in lectures and practiced under supervision in tutorials and laboratory tasks Transfer of learning encouraged by use of analytical tools in different applications and through discussion of potential application in other areas Assignment tasks include some open ended tasks designed to apply predictive analytical and problem solving skills (Eg What would happen ifhelliphellip How couldhelliphelliphellip)

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain method of assessment for Intellectual skillsExamplemdashProblem solving questions carrying 50 of mark on tests given at the end of each topic

and on end of semester examination Group and individual assignments require application of analytical tools in problem solving tasks

(C) Professional and Practical Skills Description of Professional skills and capacity to carry responsibility to be developed

Mention the professional and practical skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course requirements

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

25

Professional and Practical Skills and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

List the objectives of this course for improving studentsrsquo interpersonal skills capacity for self directed learning and personal and social responsibility

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

(Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo interpersonal skills personal and social responsibility and capacity for independent learningExamplemdashOne group assignment in which 25 of assessment is based on individuals

contribution to the group task (Instructor meets with each group part way through project to discuss and advise on approach to the task) Two individual assignments requiring investigation using internet and library resources as a means of developing self study skills Role play exercise on controversial issue relevant to the course based on a case study with discussion in tutorial of appropriate responses and consequences to individuals involved

Explain how interpersonal skills and responsibility will be assessedExamplemdashAssessment of group assignment includes component for individual contribution

Capacity for independent study assessed in individual assignments

(D) General Transferable Skills

Description of the General Transferable skills to be developed in this domain such as Communication Information Technology and Numerical Skills

Mention all the transferable skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course and other courses in the program such as the ability to work in groups the ability to use IT the ability to write reports and so on

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skills

26

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in General Transferable skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Indicate the contribution of this course to students lsquocommunication IT and numerical skills Note that what is intended in this section is the development of generic skills for all students

rather than specialized studies relevant to a field of study that would be included under items a or b For example a course in history or philosophy might include some use of basic mathematical or statistical information and the use of ICT in searching for information and presenting reports A course in computer science might include the ability to present written reports that develop language ability

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in General and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo numerical and communication skills ExamplemdashStudent assignments require good standards of use of ICT Where standards

are inadequate the student is referred for special remedial instruction Student essay assignments require proper style and referencing format as specified in college style manual

Explain how numerical and communication skills will be assessed in this course

ExamplemdashTest questions require interpretation of simple statistical information Assessments of students assignment and project work include expectation of adequate use of numerical and communication skills Five percent of marks allocated for standard of presentation using ICT

27

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 2: Engineering Thermodynamics

II Course DescriptionBasic definitions include the first and second laws of thermodynamics ideal and real gases thermodynamic properties and introductory cycle analysis

III Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

The course enables students to- Understand the relationship between internal energy heat and work as expressed by the First Law of Thermodynamics

- Know the properties of air gases steam - Apply the conservation of energy to thermodynamics systems - Explain the concept of entropy - Apply the Second Law of Thermodynamics to defining the efficiency of the systems

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course(A) Knowledge and Understanding On completing the this course the graduate should have knowledge and understanding- The concept of the 1st Law of Thermodynamics and its application to non-flow amp steady-flow processes involving perfect gases or vapors - The implication of the 2nd Law of Thermodynamics on heat engine efficiency - Evaluation of entropy and the changes of entropy for various processes involving perfect gases or vapors

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding A3 - Engineering principles quantitative

methods mathematical modeling to enable

them to exercise their engineering

disciplines effectively

A5- Concepts principles and theories

After completing this program students would be able to

A1- determine state property changes for pure substances and for ideal gases A2- compute the amount of energy transferred by heat andor amounts of energy transferred by work for closed systems containing a pure substance or an ideal gas

2

appropriate for a career in engineering and

an understanding of their applications in

marine engineering

A3- compute heat transfer rate and or shaft power of the flow of a pure substance or of an ideal gas through a control volume A4- compute the amount of energy transferred by work during an isentropic process in a closed system A5- use isentropic efficiency to analyze the operation of actual adiabatic turbines compressors nozzles and pumps A6- compute energy transfer rates and thermal efficiency for ideal Rankine cycles

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Teaching strategies to be used

Methods of assessment of knowledge and

Understanding acquired

A1 Lectures supported by examples and

-Assignment-Demonstration

Test interview discussion group Quizzes

A2 Lectures Class Exercises Experimental Work in Laboratory

Test discussion group Tutorial

A3 Lectures Class Exercises Test discussion group Tutorial

A4 Lectures Class Exercises Experimental Work in Laboratory

Test discussion group Tutorial Interview

A5 Lectures Class Exercises Experimental Work in Laboratory

Test discussion group Tutorial

A6 Lectures Class Exercises Experimental Work in Laboratory

Test discussion group Tutorial

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual Skills

3

Intellectual skillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the course students would be able

toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be

used to develop these Intellectual

skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

4

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General

and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order

Topic List Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number of

Weekscontact hours

1 Concepts and definitions

A1 11 Introduction 12 Dimension and units 13 Thermodynamic systems 14 Density specific weight specific 15 volume specific gravity Pressure 16 Temperature and the Zeroth law of thermodynamics 17 Thermodynamic processes and

2 8

5

cycles 18 Reversible and irreversible processes 19 Equation of state of an ideal gas 110 Avogadrorsquos number Boltzmanrsquos constant and compressibility

2

First law of thermodynamics A2 A3

21 First law of thermodynamics for a system 22 Internal energy 23 Internal energy of an ideal gas 24 Enthalpy 25 Application of the first law to a closed system 26 The first law of thermodynamics for a control volume 27 The steady state flow process 28 Work and the steady state reversible flow process 29 Application to steady state flow energy equation 210 Carnot cycle 211 First law applied to steady state chemical systems

3 12

3

Properties of pure substances A4

31 One component system 32 Liquid-vapor system 33 Extension to the solid phase 34 Thermodynamic surfaces 35 Tables of properties 36 The ideal-gas model 37 Compressibility factor 38 Problems

3 12

4The second law of thermodynamics A5

41 The second law of thermodynamics 42 The Carnot cycle and principles 43 The thermodynamic principle scale 44 Clausius theorem 45 Entropy 46 Temperature Entropy diagram 47 Gas tables 48 Isentropic relations for an ideal gas 49 Entropy change for a control volume 410 Entropic efficiency 411 Physical interpretation of entropy

4 16

5 Analysis of thermodynamics of

A6 51 Ideal processes 52 The reciprocating compressor

3 12

6

cycles

cycle 53 The Rankine vapor-power cycle 54 Reheat cycle 55 The standard Otto cycle 56 The gas turbine cycle 57 Stage compression and expansion 58 Refrigeration cycle 59 Rankine vapor-compression refrigeration cycle

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester 15 60

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order

Practical Skills ListAligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To

Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components

LaboratoryTutorialTotal Theoretical Lectures

451545

7

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 In class brainstorming sessions

15 Online discussion and forum

16 Interactive class discussion

17 Presentations and critical reading

18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department

8

Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1- Rayner and Joel Basic Engineering Thermodynamucs 5th edition 1995 Addison Wesley

Longman Ltd

2- Cengel amp Boles Thermodynamics 4th edition Tata Mc Graw

2- Essential References

1- H N Sawant Applied Thermodynamics ndash 2003 Akshar Rachana

2- Sonntage RE Fundamental of Thermodynamics ndash 6th edition - 2003

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1- Data Show2- Compter Lab3- Screen4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1- Detailed lecture notes are available on the web (for viewing andor downloading)2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

1-2-3-

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

9

Others (specify)

10

Instruction of ACourse Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

Approval date of course specification

Write the year in which the course specification has been Approval

I Course Identification and General Information

1Course Title Insert course title ndash use actual title from academic

catalogue

2

Course Number amp Code Insert the course number code number for the course

If it is not available Please leave blank course code will be obtained by the Academic Affairs Unit once a new course has been approved in principle at the relevant Academic Board

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut TrWrite the number of

Theo hours

Write the number of

Prac hours

Write the

number of

Tute hours

Write the

number of Field

Tr hours

Write the number of

credit hours for

the course

4Study levelyear at which this

course is offeredShow Study levelYear when the course is intended

to be taken Criteria for Upper amp Lower Division Courses

5

Pre ndashrequisite (if any) List all courses specified as prerequisites for this course

List any courses or other requirements that are prerequisites for enrolling in the course

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any) List any courses or other experiences that must

11

be taken concurrently with this course

7

Name of faculty member responsible for the course

insert the Name of faculty member responsible for the course

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for teaching and reporting on the delivery of a course that persons name should be given If a team of faculty teach the course and one person has been given coordinating responsibility that persons name should be shown If it is a new course for which an instructor has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8

Program (s) in which the course is offered

Write the name of the program in which the course is offered

A course may be offered in more than one program and a brief explanation may be needed to show how it relates to those programs As a guide if a course is an important component of several programs list these programs If it is used as a general skills course or a service course for a number of programs this should be noted and an indication given of the fields that are supported by it (A first year course in mathematics might be an example of this) If the course is a general elective which could be taken in many different programs this should be noted but those programs would not be listed

9Language of teaching the

courseWrite Language of teaching the course

10

Location of teaching the course

insert location name in which the course is offered

If the course is offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done

11 Prepared By

12 Approved By

Insert the number of credit hours for the course

CreditsCredit is a time-based andor competency-based quantitative measure assigned to courses or course equivalent learning Although certain exceptions are readily acknowledged the most generally acceptable determinants of credit seem to be student time or competency The basis for the ratio between student time and

12

student credit at CCC rests on the assumption that 45 hours of student effort in most educational settings will generate one hour of credit A course hour refers to 50-minute ldquohoursrdquoLecture and lab hours should be consistent with University discipline standards Most courses fit one of two patterns described below from the studentrsquos perspectiveLecture Course HourIn this educational setting the student spends 15 course hours in class per one credit and a presumption of 30 course-related hours out of class for a total of 45 hours Learning and instructional methods may varyLaboratory Course Hour For Transferrable Lab Credit a lab hour will be defined as one spent working actively to develop a skill whether applied or cognitive fundamental to the course content under the supervision of qualified facultyIn this educational setting the student spends 30 hours in class per one credit and a presumption of 15 course-related hours out of class for a total of 45 hours Learning and instructional methods may varyLecture and Lab hours are assigned credits as follows

Lecture and Lab hours are assigned credits as followsLecture 1 lecture hour = 1

creditLab 1 lab hour = 1

credit2 lab hours = 1 credit3 lab hours = 2 credits4 lab hours = 2 credits5 lab hours = 3 credits6 lab hours = 3 credits

II Course Description Write several sentences about the importance of the course for the program and for the

proficiency In addition you can mention the position of the course in the program such as if it is a required or elective You can mention some basic knowledge or skills that such a course will provide students with and its importance for their major or jobs in the future

The course description is a brief explanation which will be printed in the catalog written

13

in phrases rather than complete sentences clearly identifying critical or key content areas Information about teaching methods procedures not directly related to course content are not included in the description

The catalog description must be limited to 30 words or fewer and should communicate clearly to students the basic content of the course Prerequisites and other qualifiers are not included in the limitation of 30 words or fewer

-

III Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the courseFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to each

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the

course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration

ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use

14

A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill

The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule

ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline

Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning

in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals

assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes

Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the

courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been

updated

either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program

15

since its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a new

technological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the

differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000)

may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy

at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains

of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand order

16

Match Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage reviseQuote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to1 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied2 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied

17

3 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and movements associated with them

4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 4 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics5 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques6 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each7 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items8 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis9 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes10 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 11 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive12 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities13 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 14 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing15 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 16 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option17 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing18 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects19 List and describe the use of editing commands20 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing21 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing22 Change the properties of selected objects23 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing24 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties25 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing26 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Description of the knowledge and Understanding of Subject to be acquired

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toDescription of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire

A1- A1-

18

A2- A2-A3-A4-

Description of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire [List the Learning Outcomes to be achieved from the course This should be a list of topics or areas of knowledge that students should know and understand when they complete the course

Course objectives must be aligned to the PILOs and other standards ]

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned ]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Teaching strategies to be used

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Methods of assessment of knowledge and Understanding

acquired Explain how acquisition of knowledge will be assessed [Insert your description and schedule of readings assignments tests and exams A

sample follows]Indicate the grading structure of the course and how students are evaluated

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Identify specific instructional methods and types of activities and assignments to be used by the teacher to facilitate student achievement of the stated learning outcomes - eg lectures demonstrations study of written audiovisual or other materials in-class discussions one-on-one conferences group work student presentations electronic chat activities Explicitly tying specific instructional methods andor assignments to specific student learning outcomes will help students to know what skills knowledge or understanding they are expected to work on gaining in and through each of the activities of the course It will also help them to understand what evidence of their achievement you will be examining in evaluating their work For

19

General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals ExamplemdashLectures tutorials and independent study assignments Introductory lecture gives an overview of the content and significance of the course and of its relationship to studentsrsquo existing knowledge Each subsequent lecture begins with a similar overview linking the particular content of the presentation to the general overview Tutorials review the content of each lecture and clarify any matters not understood Individual assignments require use of library reference material and web sites to identify information required to complete tasks

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain the standards on the basis of which studentsrsquo in-class work and assignments will be evaluated and show the relationship between each individually graded assignment and the calculation of the midterm and final grade for the course Since all work undertaken by students in a course should provide an opportunity for them to demonstrate their achievement of one or more of the stated learning outcomes both in-class and out-of-class assignment prompts and grading standards should be explicitly linked to and conceptually consistent with the learning outcomes For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and marker student learning outcomes See General Education Program learning goals The assessment section should be a brief listing of the minimum assessment tools required for use in the course as determined by the course instructor - Keep your learning outcomes in mind when developing assessments - Your intended learning outcomes should shape your assessment procedures - Select a variety of assessment procedures because these measure the extent to

which students have achieved the course learning outcomes- Your assessment rubrics or grading criteria should directly reflect key components

of your outcomes

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose

20

is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goalsassignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms

The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in

21

Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been updatedsince its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a newtechnological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000) may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilitiesThe description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand orderMatch Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage revise

22

Quote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to27 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied28 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied29 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and

movements associated with them 4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious

23

Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 30 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics31 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques32 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each33 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items34 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis35 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes36 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 37 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive38 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities39 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 40 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing41 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 42 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option43 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing44 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects45 List and describe the use of editing commands46 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing47 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing48 Change the properties of selected objects49 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing50 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties51 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing52 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the course students would be able to

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to develop

B1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-

24

B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to developAs a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list

should include both the use of analytic and predictive formulae and conceptual tools when asked to do sot and the ability to identify and use ones that are appropriate for new and unanticipated problems

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these

Intellectual skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

Explain techniques to be used to teach and encourage appropriate use of cognitive skills

ExamplemdashExplanations and examples given in lectures and practiced under supervision in tutorials and laboratory tasks Transfer of learning encouraged by use of analytical tools in different applications and through discussion of potential application in other areas Assignment tasks include some open ended tasks designed to apply predictive analytical and problem solving skills (Eg What would happen ifhelliphellip How couldhelliphelliphellip)

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain method of assessment for Intellectual skillsExamplemdashProblem solving questions carrying 50 of mark on tests given at the end of each topic

and on end of semester examination Group and individual assignments require application of analytical tools in problem solving tasks

(C) Professional and Practical Skills Description of Professional skills and capacity to carry responsibility to be developed

Mention the professional and practical skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course requirements

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

25

Professional and Practical Skills and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

List the objectives of this course for improving studentsrsquo interpersonal skills capacity for self directed learning and personal and social responsibility

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

(Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo interpersonal skills personal and social responsibility and capacity for independent learningExamplemdashOne group assignment in which 25 of assessment is based on individuals

contribution to the group task (Instructor meets with each group part way through project to discuss and advise on approach to the task) Two individual assignments requiring investigation using internet and library resources as a means of developing self study skills Role play exercise on controversial issue relevant to the course based on a case study with discussion in tutorial of appropriate responses and consequences to individuals involved

Explain how interpersonal skills and responsibility will be assessedExamplemdashAssessment of group assignment includes component for individual contribution

Capacity for independent study assessed in individual assignments

(D) General Transferable Skills

Description of the General Transferable skills to be developed in this domain such as Communication Information Technology and Numerical Skills

Mention all the transferable skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course and other courses in the program such as the ability to work in groups the ability to use IT the ability to write reports and so on

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skills

26

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in General Transferable skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Indicate the contribution of this course to students lsquocommunication IT and numerical skills Note that what is intended in this section is the development of generic skills for all students

rather than specialized studies relevant to a field of study that would be included under items a or b For example a course in history or philosophy might include some use of basic mathematical or statistical information and the use of ICT in searching for information and presenting reports A course in computer science might include the ability to present written reports that develop language ability

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in General and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo numerical and communication skills ExamplemdashStudent assignments require good standards of use of ICT Where standards

are inadequate the student is referred for special remedial instruction Student essay assignments require proper style and referencing format as specified in college style manual

Explain how numerical and communication skills will be assessed in this course

ExamplemdashTest questions require interpretation of simple statistical information Assessments of students assignment and project work include expectation of adequate use of numerical and communication skills Five percent of marks allocated for standard of presentation using ICT

27

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 3: Engineering Thermodynamics

appropriate for a career in engineering and

an understanding of their applications in

marine engineering

A3- compute heat transfer rate and or shaft power of the flow of a pure substance or of an ideal gas through a control volume A4- compute the amount of energy transferred by work during an isentropic process in a closed system A5- use isentropic efficiency to analyze the operation of actual adiabatic turbines compressors nozzles and pumps A6- compute energy transfer rates and thermal efficiency for ideal Rankine cycles

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Teaching strategies to be used

Methods of assessment of knowledge and

Understanding acquired

A1 Lectures supported by examples and

-Assignment-Demonstration

Test interview discussion group Quizzes

A2 Lectures Class Exercises Experimental Work in Laboratory

Test discussion group Tutorial

A3 Lectures Class Exercises Test discussion group Tutorial

A4 Lectures Class Exercises Experimental Work in Laboratory

Test discussion group Tutorial Interview

A5 Lectures Class Exercises Experimental Work in Laboratory

Test discussion group Tutorial

A6 Lectures Class Exercises Experimental Work in Laboratory

Test discussion group Tutorial

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual Skills

3

Intellectual skillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the course students would be able

toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be

used to develop these Intellectual

skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

4

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General

and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order

Topic List Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number of

Weekscontact hours

1 Concepts and definitions

A1 11 Introduction 12 Dimension and units 13 Thermodynamic systems 14 Density specific weight specific 15 volume specific gravity Pressure 16 Temperature and the Zeroth law of thermodynamics 17 Thermodynamic processes and

2 8

5

cycles 18 Reversible and irreversible processes 19 Equation of state of an ideal gas 110 Avogadrorsquos number Boltzmanrsquos constant and compressibility

2

First law of thermodynamics A2 A3

21 First law of thermodynamics for a system 22 Internal energy 23 Internal energy of an ideal gas 24 Enthalpy 25 Application of the first law to a closed system 26 The first law of thermodynamics for a control volume 27 The steady state flow process 28 Work and the steady state reversible flow process 29 Application to steady state flow energy equation 210 Carnot cycle 211 First law applied to steady state chemical systems

3 12

3

Properties of pure substances A4

31 One component system 32 Liquid-vapor system 33 Extension to the solid phase 34 Thermodynamic surfaces 35 Tables of properties 36 The ideal-gas model 37 Compressibility factor 38 Problems

3 12

4The second law of thermodynamics A5

41 The second law of thermodynamics 42 The Carnot cycle and principles 43 The thermodynamic principle scale 44 Clausius theorem 45 Entropy 46 Temperature Entropy diagram 47 Gas tables 48 Isentropic relations for an ideal gas 49 Entropy change for a control volume 410 Entropic efficiency 411 Physical interpretation of entropy

4 16

5 Analysis of thermodynamics of

A6 51 Ideal processes 52 The reciprocating compressor

3 12

6

cycles

cycle 53 The Rankine vapor-power cycle 54 Reheat cycle 55 The standard Otto cycle 56 The gas turbine cycle 57 Stage compression and expansion 58 Refrigeration cycle 59 Rankine vapor-compression refrigeration cycle

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester 15 60

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order

Practical Skills ListAligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To

Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components

LaboratoryTutorialTotal Theoretical Lectures

451545

7

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 In class brainstorming sessions

15 Online discussion and forum

16 Interactive class discussion

17 Presentations and critical reading

18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department

8

Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1- Rayner and Joel Basic Engineering Thermodynamucs 5th edition 1995 Addison Wesley

Longman Ltd

2- Cengel amp Boles Thermodynamics 4th edition Tata Mc Graw

2- Essential References

1- H N Sawant Applied Thermodynamics ndash 2003 Akshar Rachana

2- Sonntage RE Fundamental of Thermodynamics ndash 6th edition - 2003

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1- Data Show2- Compter Lab3- Screen4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1- Detailed lecture notes are available on the web (for viewing andor downloading)2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

1-2-3-

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

9

Others (specify)

10

Instruction of ACourse Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

Approval date of course specification

Write the year in which the course specification has been Approval

I Course Identification and General Information

1Course Title Insert course title ndash use actual title from academic

catalogue

2

Course Number amp Code Insert the course number code number for the course

If it is not available Please leave blank course code will be obtained by the Academic Affairs Unit once a new course has been approved in principle at the relevant Academic Board

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut TrWrite the number of

Theo hours

Write the number of

Prac hours

Write the

number of

Tute hours

Write the

number of Field

Tr hours

Write the number of

credit hours for

the course

4Study levelyear at which this

course is offeredShow Study levelYear when the course is intended

to be taken Criteria for Upper amp Lower Division Courses

5

Pre ndashrequisite (if any) List all courses specified as prerequisites for this course

List any courses or other requirements that are prerequisites for enrolling in the course

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any) List any courses or other experiences that must

11

be taken concurrently with this course

7

Name of faculty member responsible for the course

insert the Name of faculty member responsible for the course

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for teaching and reporting on the delivery of a course that persons name should be given If a team of faculty teach the course and one person has been given coordinating responsibility that persons name should be shown If it is a new course for which an instructor has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8

Program (s) in which the course is offered

Write the name of the program in which the course is offered

A course may be offered in more than one program and a brief explanation may be needed to show how it relates to those programs As a guide if a course is an important component of several programs list these programs If it is used as a general skills course or a service course for a number of programs this should be noted and an indication given of the fields that are supported by it (A first year course in mathematics might be an example of this) If the course is a general elective which could be taken in many different programs this should be noted but those programs would not be listed

9Language of teaching the

courseWrite Language of teaching the course

10

Location of teaching the course

insert location name in which the course is offered

If the course is offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done

11 Prepared By

12 Approved By

Insert the number of credit hours for the course

CreditsCredit is a time-based andor competency-based quantitative measure assigned to courses or course equivalent learning Although certain exceptions are readily acknowledged the most generally acceptable determinants of credit seem to be student time or competency The basis for the ratio between student time and

12

student credit at CCC rests on the assumption that 45 hours of student effort in most educational settings will generate one hour of credit A course hour refers to 50-minute ldquohoursrdquoLecture and lab hours should be consistent with University discipline standards Most courses fit one of two patterns described below from the studentrsquos perspectiveLecture Course HourIn this educational setting the student spends 15 course hours in class per one credit and a presumption of 30 course-related hours out of class for a total of 45 hours Learning and instructional methods may varyLaboratory Course Hour For Transferrable Lab Credit a lab hour will be defined as one spent working actively to develop a skill whether applied or cognitive fundamental to the course content under the supervision of qualified facultyIn this educational setting the student spends 30 hours in class per one credit and a presumption of 15 course-related hours out of class for a total of 45 hours Learning and instructional methods may varyLecture and Lab hours are assigned credits as follows

Lecture and Lab hours are assigned credits as followsLecture 1 lecture hour = 1

creditLab 1 lab hour = 1

credit2 lab hours = 1 credit3 lab hours = 2 credits4 lab hours = 2 credits5 lab hours = 3 credits6 lab hours = 3 credits

II Course Description Write several sentences about the importance of the course for the program and for the

proficiency In addition you can mention the position of the course in the program such as if it is a required or elective You can mention some basic knowledge or skills that such a course will provide students with and its importance for their major or jobs in the future

The course description is a brief explanation which will be printed in the catalog written

13

in phrases rather than complete sentences clearly identifying critical or key content areas Information about teaching methods procedures not directly related to course content are not included in the description

The catalog description must be limited to 30 words or fewer and should communicate clearly to students the basic content of the course Prerequisites and other qualifiers are not included in the limitation of 30 words or fewer

-

III Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the courseFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to each

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the

course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration

ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use

14

A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill

The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule

ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline

Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning

in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals

assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes

Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the

courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been

updated

either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program

15

since its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a new

technological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the

differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000)

may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy

at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains

of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand order

16

Match Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage reviseQuote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to1 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied2 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied

17

3 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and movements associated with them

4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 4 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics5 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques6 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each7 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items8 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis9 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes10 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 11 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive12 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities13 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 14 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing15 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 16 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option17 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing18 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects19 List and describe the use of editing commands20 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing21 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing22 Change the properties of selected objects23 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing24 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties25 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing26 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Description of the knowledge and Understanding of Subject to be acquired

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toDescription of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire

A1- A1-

18

A2- A2-A3-A4-

Description of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire [List the Learning Outcomes to be achieved from the course This should be a list of topics or areas of knowledge that students should know and understand when they complete the course

Course objectives must be aligned to the PILOs and other standards ]

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned ]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Teaching strategies to be used

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Methods of assessment of knowledge and Understanding

acquired Explain how acquisition of knowledge will be assessed [Insert your description and schedule of readings assignments tests and exams A

sample follows]Indicate the grading structure of the course and how students are evaluated

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Identify specific instructional methods and types of activities and assignments to be used by the teacher to facilitate student achievement of the stated learning outcomes - eg lectures demonstrations study of written audiovisual or other materials in-class discussions one-on-one conferences group work student presentations electronic chat activities Explicitly tying specific instructional methods andor assignments to specific student learning outcomes will help students to know what skills knowledge or understanding they are expected to work on gaining in and through each of the activities of the course It will also help them to understand what evidence of their achievement you will be examining in evaluating their work For

19

General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals ExamplemdashLectures tutorials and independent study assignments Introductory lecture gives an overview of the content and significance of the course and of its relationship to studentsrsquo existing knowledge Each subsequent lecture begins with a similar overview linking the particular content of the presentation to the general overview Tutorials review the content of each lecture and clarify any matters not understood Individual assignments require use of library reference material and web sites to identify information required to complete tasks

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain the standards on the basis of which studentsrsquo in-class work and assignments will be evaluated and show the relationship between each individually graded assignment and the calculation of the midterm and final grade for the course Since all work undertaken by students in a course should provide an opportunity for them to demonstrate their achievement of one or more of the stated learning outcomes both in-class and out-of-class assignment prompts and grading standards should be explicitly linked to and conceptually consistent with the learning outcomes For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and marker student learning outcomes See General Education Program learning goals The assessment section should be a brief listing of the minimum assessment tools required for use in the course as determined by the course instructor - Keep your learning outcomes in mind when developing assessments - Your intended learning outcomes should shape your assessment procedures - Select a variety of assessment procedures because these measure the extent to

which students have achieved the course learning outcomes- Your assessment rubrics or grading criteria should directly reflect key components

of your outcomes

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose

20

is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goalsassignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms

The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in

21

Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been updatedsince its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a newtechnological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000) may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilitiesThe description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand orderMatch Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage revise

22

Quote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to27 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied28 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied29 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and

movements associated with them 4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious

23

Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 30 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics31 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques32 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each33 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items34 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis35 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes36 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 37 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive38 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities39 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 40 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing41 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 42 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option43 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing44 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects45 List and describe the use of editing commands46 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing47 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing48 Change the properties of selected objects49 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing50 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties51 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing52 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the course students would be able to

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to develop

B1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-

24

B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to developAs a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list

should include both the use of analytic and predictive formulae and conceptual tools when asked to do sot and the ability to identify and use ones that are appropriate for new and unanticipated problems

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these

Intellectual skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

Explain techniques to be used to teach and encourage appropriate use of cognitive skills

ExamplemdashExplanations and examples given in lectures and practiced under supervision in tutorials and laboratory tasks Transfer of learning encouraged by use of analytical tools in different applications and through discussion of potential application in other areas Assignment tasks include some open ended tasks designed to apply predictive analytical and problem solving skills (Eg What would happen ifhelliphellip How couldhelliphelliphellip)

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain method of assessment for Intellectual skillsExamplemdashProblem solving questions carrying 50 of mark on tests given at the end of each topic

and on end of semester examination Group and individual assignments require application of analytical tools in problem solving tasks

(C) Professional and Practical Skills Description of Professional skills and capacity to carry responsibility to be developed

Mention the professional and practical skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course requirements

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

25

Professional and Practical Skills and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

List the objectives of this course for improving studentsrsquo interpersonal skills capacity for self directed learning and personal and social responsibility

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

(Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo interpersonal skills personal and social responsibility and capacity for independent learningExamplemdashOne group assignment in which 25 of assessment is based on individuals

contribution to the group task (Instructor meets with each group part way through project to discuss and advise on approach to the task) Two individual assignments requiring investigation using internet and library resources as a means of developing self study skills Role play exercise on controversial issue relevant to the course based on a case study with discussion in tutorial of appropriate responses and consequences to individuals involved

Explain how interpersonal skills and responsibility will be assessedExamplemdashAssessment of group assignment includes component for individual contribution

Capacity for independent study assessed in individual assignments

(D) General Transferable Skills

Description of the General Transferable skills to be developed in this domain such as Communication Information Technology and Numerical Skills

Mention all the transferable skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course and other courses in the program such as the ability to work in groups the ability to use IT the ability to write reports and so on

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skills

26

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in General Transferable skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Indicate the contribution of this course to students lsquocommunication IT and numerical skills Note that what is intended in this section is the development of generic skills for all students

rather than specialized studies relevant to a field of study that would be included under items a or b For example a course in history or philosophy might include some use of basic mathematical or statistical information and the use of ICT in searching for information and presenting reports A course in computer science might include the ability to present written reports that develop language ability

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in General and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo numerical and communication skills ExamplemdashStudent assignments require good standards of use of ICT Where standards

are inadequate the student is referred for special remedial instruction Student essay assignments require proper style and referencing format as specified in college style manual

Explain how numerical and communication skills will be assessed in this course

ExamplemdashTest questions require interpretation of simple statistical information Assessments of students assignment and project work include expectation of adequate use of numerical and communication skills Five percent of marks allocated for standard of presentation using ICT

27

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 4: Engineering Thermodynamics

Intellectual skillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the course students would be able

toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be

used to develop these Intellectual

skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

4

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General

and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order

Topic List Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number of

Weekscontact hours

1 Concepts and definitions

A1 11 Introduction 12 Dimension and units 13 Thermodynamic systems 14 Density specific weight specific 15 volume specific gravity Pressure 16 Temperature and the Zeroth law of thermodynamics 17 Thermodynamic processes and

2 8

5

cycles 18 Reversible and irreversible processes 19 Equation of state of an ideal gas 110 Avogadrorsquos number Boltzmanrsquos constant and compressibility

2

First law of thermodynamics A2 A3

21 First law of thermodynamics for a system 22 Internal energy 23 Internal energy of an ideal gas 24 Enthalpy 25 Application of the first law to a closed system 26 The first law of thermodynamics for a control volume 27 The steady state flow process 28 Work and the steady state reversible flow process 29 Application to steady state flow energy equation 210 Carnot cycle 211 First law applied to steady state chemical systems

3 12

3

Properties of pure substances A4

31 One component system 32 Liquid-vapor system 33 Extension to the solid phase 34 Thermodynamic surfaces 35 Tables of properties 36 The ideal-gas model 37 Compressibility factor 38 Problems

3 12

4The second law of thermodynamics A5

41 The second law of thermodynamics 42 The Carnot cycle and principles 43 The thermodynamic principle scale 44 Clausius theorem 45 Entropy 46 Temperature Entropy diagram 47 Gas tables 48 Isentropic relations for an ideal gas 49 Entropy change for a control volume 410 Entropic efficiency 411 Physical interpretation of entropy

4 16

5 Analysis of thermodynamics of

A6 51 Ideal processes 52 The reciprocating compressor

3 12

6

cycles

cycle 53 The Rankine vapor-power cycle 54 Reheat cycle 55 The standard Otto cycle 56 The gas turbine cycle 57 Stage compression and expansion 58 Refrigeration cycle 59 Rankine vapor-compression refrigeration cycle

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester 15 60

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order

Practical Skills ListAligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To

Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components

LaboratoryTutorialTotal Theoretical Lectures

451545

7

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 In class brainstorming sessions

15 Online discussion and forum

16 Interactive class discussion

17 Presentations and critical reading

18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department

8

Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1- Rayner and Joel Basic Engineering Thermodynamucs 5th edition 1995 Addison Wesley

Longman Ltd

2- Cengel amp Boles Thermodynamics 4th edition Tata Mc Graw

2- Essential References

1- H N Sawant Applied Thermodynamics ndash 2003 Akshar Rachana

2- Sonntage RE Fundamental of Thermodynamics ndash 6th edition - 2003

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1- Data Show2- Compter Lab3- Screen4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1- Detailed lecture notes are available on the web (for viewing andor downloading)2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

1-2-3-

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

9

Others (specify)

10

Instruction of ACourse Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

Approval date of course specification

Write the year in which the course specification has been Approval

I Course Identification and General Information

1Course Title Insert course title ndash use actual title from academic

catalogue

2

Course Number amp Code Insert the course number code number for the course

If it is not available Please leave blank course code will be obtained by the Academic Affairs Unit once a new course has been approved in principle at the relevant Academic Board

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut TrWrite the number of

Theo hours

Write the number of

Prac hours

Write the

number of

Tute hours

Write the

number of Field

Tr hours

Write the number of

credit hours for

the course

4Study levelyear at which this

course is offeredShow Study levelYear when the course is intended

to be taken Criteria for Upper amp Lower Division Courses

5

Pre ndashrequisite (if any) List all courses specified as prerequisites for this course

List any courses or other requirements that are prerequisites for enrolling in the course

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any) List any courses or other experiences that must

11

be taken concurrently with this course

7

Name of faculty member responsible for the course

insert the Name of faculty member responsible for the course

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for teaching and reporting on the delivery of a course that persons name should be given If a team of faculty teach the course and one person has been given coordinating responsibility that persons name should be shown If it is a new course for which an instructor has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8

Program (s) in which the course is offered

Write the name of the program in which the course is offered

A course may be offered in more than one program and a brief explanation may be needed to show how it relates to those programs As a guide if a course is an important component of several programs list these programs If it is used as a general skills course or a service course for a number of programs this should be noted and an indication given of the fields that are supported by it (A first year course in mathematics might be an example of this) If the course is a general elective which could be taken in many different programs this should be noted but those programs would not be listed

9Language of teaching the

courseWrite Language of teaching the course

10

Location of teaching the course

insert location name in which the course is offered

If the course is offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done

11 Prepared By

12 Approved By

Insert the number of credit hours for the course

CreditsCredit is a time-based andor competency-based quantitative measure assigned to courses or course equivalent learning Although certain exceptions are readily acknowledged the most generally acceptable determinants of credit seem to be student time or competency The basis for the ratio between student time and

12

student credit at CCC rests on the assumption that 45 hours of student effort in most educational settings will generate one hour of credit A course hour refers to 50-minute ldquohoursrdquoLecture and lab hours should be consistent with University discipline standards Most courses fit one of two patterns described below from the studentrsquos perspectiveLecture Course HourIn this educational setting the student spends 15 course hours in class per one credit and a presumption of 30 course-related hours out of class for a total of 45 hours Learning and instructional methods may varyLaboratory Course Hour For Transferrable Lab Credit a lab hour will be defined as one spent working actively to develop a skill whether applied or cognitive fundamental to the course content under the supervision of qualified facultyIn this educational setting the student spends 30 hours in class per one credit and a presumption of 15 course-related hours out of class for a total of 45 hours Learning and instructional methods may varyLecture and Lab hours are assigned credits as follows

Lecture and Lab hours are assigned credits as followsLecture 1 lecture hour = 1

creditLab 1 lab hour = 1

credit2 lab hours = 1 credit3 lab hours = 2 credits4 lab hours = 2 credits5 lab hours = 3 credits6 lab hours = 3 credits

II Course Description Write several sentences about the importance of the course for the program and for the

proficiency In addition you can mention the position of the course in the program such as if it is a required or elective You can mention some basic knowledge or skills that such a course will provide students with and its importance for their major or jobs in the future

The course description is a brief explanation which will be printed in the catalog written

13

in phrases rather than complete sentences clearly identifying critical or key content areas Information about teaching methods procedures not directly related to course content are not included in the description

The catalog description must be limited to 30 words or fewer and should communicate clearly to students the basic content of the course Prerequisites and other qualifiers are not included in the limitation of 30 words or fewer

-

III Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the courseFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to each

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the

course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration

ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use

14

A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill

The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule

ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline

Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning

in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals

assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes

Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the

courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been

updated

either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program

15

since its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a new

technological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the

differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000)

may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy

at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains

of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand order

16

Match Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage reviseQuote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to1 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied2 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied

17

3 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and movements associated with them

4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 4 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics5 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques6 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each7 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items8 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis9 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes10 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 11 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive12 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities13 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 14 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing15 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 16 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option17 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing18 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects19 List and describe the use of editing commands20 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing21 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing22 Change the properties of selected objects23 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing24 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties25 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing26 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Description of the knowledge and Understanding of Subject to be acquired

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toDescription of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire

A1- A1-

18

A2- A2-A3-A4-

Description of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire [List the Learning Outcomes to be achieved from the course This should be a list of topics or areas of knowledge that students should know and understand when they complete the course

Course objectives must be aligned to the PILOs and other standards ]

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned ]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Teaching strategies to be used

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Methods of assessment of knowledge and Understanding

acquired Explain how acquisition of knowledge will be assessed [Insert your description and schedule of readings assignments tests and exams A

sample follows]Indicate the grading structure of the course and how students are evaluated

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Identify specific instructional methods and types of activities and assignments to be used by the teacher to facilitate student achievement of the stated learning outcomes - eg lectures demonstrations study of written audiovisual or other materials in-class discussions one-on-one conferences group work student presentations electronic chat activities Explicitly tying specific instructional methods andor assignments to specific student learning outcomes will help students to know what skills knowledge or understanding they are expected to work on gaining in and through each of the activities of the course It will also help them to understand what evidence of their achievement you will be examining in evaluating their work For

19

General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals ExamplemdashLectures tutorials and independent study assignments Introductory lecture gives an overview of the content and significance of the course and of its relationship to studentsrsquo existing knowledge Each subsequent lecture begins with a similar overview linking the particular content of the presentation to the general overview Tutorials review the content of each lecture and clarify any matters not understood Individual assignments require use of library reference material and web sites to identify information required to complete tasks

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain the standards on the basis of which studentsrsquo in-class work and assignments will be evaluated and show the relationship between each individually graded assignment and the calculation of the midterm and final grade for the course Since all work undertaken by students in a course should provide an opportunity for them to demonstrate their achievement of one or more of the stated learning outcomes both in-class and out-of-class assignment prompts and grading standards should be explicitly linked to and conceptually consistent with the learning outcomes For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and marker student learning outcomes See General Education Program learning goals The assessment section should be a brief listing of the minimum assessment tools required for use in the course as determined by the course instructor - Keep your learning outcomes in mind when developing assessments - Your intended learning outcomes should shape your assessment procedures - Select a variety of assessment procedures because these measure the extent to

which students have achieved the course learning outcomes- Your assessment rubrics or grading criteria should directly reflect key components

of your outcomes

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose

20

is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goalsassignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms

The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in

21

Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been updatedsince its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a newtechnological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000) may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilitiesThe description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand orderMatch Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage revise

22

Quote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to27 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied28 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied29 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and

movements associated with them 4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious

23

Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 30 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics31 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques32 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each33 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items34 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis35 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes36 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 37 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive38 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities39 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 40 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing41 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 42 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option43 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing44 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects45 List and describe the use of editing commands46 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing47 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing48 Change the properties of selected objects49 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing50 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties51 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing52 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the course students would be able to

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to develop

B1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-

24

B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to developAs a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list

should include both the use of analytic and predictive formulae and conceptual tools when asked to do sot and the ability to identify and use ones that are appropriate for new and unanticipated problems

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these

Intellectual skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

Explain techniques to be used to teach and encourage appropriate use of cognitive skills

ExamplemdashExplanations and examples given in lectures and practiced under supervision in tutorials and laboratory tasks Transfer of learning encouraged by use of analytical tools in different applications and through discussion of potential application in other areas Assignment tasks include some open ended tasks designed to apply predictive analytical and problem solving skills (Eg What would happen ifhelliphellip How couldhelliphelliphellip)

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain method of assessment for Intellectual skillsExamplemdashProblem solving questions carrying 50 of mark on tests given at the end of each topic

and on end of semester examination Group and individual assignments require application of analytical tools in problem solving tasks

(C) Professional and Practical Skills Description of Professional skills and capacity to carry responsibility to be developed

Mention the professional and practical skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course requirements

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

25

Professional and Practical Skills and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

List the objectives of this course for improving studentsrsquo interpersonal skills capacity for self directed learning and personal and social responsibility

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

(Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo interpersonal skills personal and social responsibility and capacity for independent learningExamplemdashOne group assignment in which 25 of assessment is based on individuals

contribution to the group task (Instructor meets with each group part way through project to discuss and advise on approach to the task) Two individual assignments requiring investigation using internet and library resources as a means of developing self study skills Role play exercise on controversial issue relevant to the course based on a case study with discussion in tutorial of appropriate responses and consequences to individuals involved

Explain how interpersonal skills and responsibility will be assessedExamplemdashAssessment of group assignment includes component for individual contribution

Capacity for independent study assessed in individual assignments

(D) General Transferable Skills

Description of the General Transferable skills to be developed in this domain such as Communication Information Technology and Numerical Skills

Mention all the transferable skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course and other courses in the program such as the ability to work in groups the ability to use IT the ability to write reports and so on

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skills

26

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in General Transferable skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Indicate the contribution of this course to students lsquocommunication IT and numerical skills Note that what is intended in this section is the development of generic skills for all students

rather than specialized studies relevant to a field of study that would be included under items a or b For example a course in history or philosophy might include some use of basic mathematical or statistical information and the use of ICT in searching for information and presenting reports A course in computer science might include the ability to present written reports that develop language ability

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in General and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo numerical and communication skills ExamplemdashStudent assignments require good standards of use of ICT Where standards

are inadequate the student is referred for special remedial instruction Student essay assignments require proper style and referencing format as specified in college style manual

Explain how numerical and communication skills will be assessed in this course

ExamplemdashTest questions require interpretation of simple statistical information Assessments of students assignment and project work include expectation of adequate use of numerical and communication skills Five percent of marks allocated for standard of presentation using ICT

27

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 5: Engineering Thermodynamics

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General

and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order

Topic List Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number of

Weekscontact hours

1 Concepts and definitions

A1 11 Introduction 12 Dimension and units 13 Thermodynamic systems 14 Density specific weight specific 15 volume specific gravity Pressure 16 Temperature and the Zeroth law of thermodynamics 17 Thermodynamic processes and

2 8

5

cycles 18 Reversible and irreversible processes 19 Equation of state of an ideal gas 110 Avogadrorsquos number Boltzmanrsquos constant and compressibility

2

First law of thermodynamics A2 A3

21 First law of thermodynamics for a system 22 Internal energy 23 Internal energy of an ideal gas 24 Enthalpy 25 Application of the first law to a closed system 26 The first law of thermodynamics for a control volume 27 The steady state flow process 28 Work and the steady state reversible flow process 29 Application to steady state flow energy equation 210 Carnot cycle 211 First law applied to steady state chemical systems

3 12

3

Properties of pure substances A4

31 One component system 32 Liquid-vapor system 33 Extension to the solid phase 34 Thermodynamic surfaces 35 Tables of properties 36 The ideal-gas model 37 Compressibility factor 38 Problems

3 12

4The second law of thermodynamics A5

41 The second law of thermodynamics 42 The Carnot cycle and principles 43 The thermodynamic principle scale 44 Clausius theorem 45 Entropy 46 Temperature Entropy diagram 47 Gas tables 48 Isentropic relations for an ideal gas 49 Entropy change for a control volume 410 Entropic efficiency 411 Physical interpretation of entropy

4 16

5 Analysis of thermodynamics of

A6 51 Ideal processes 52 The reciprocating compressor

3 12

6

cycles

cycle 53 The Rankine vapor-power cycle 54 Reheat cycle 55 The standard Otto cycle 56 The gas turbine cycle 57 Stage compression and expansion 58 Refrigeration cycle 59 Rankine vapor-compression refrigeration cycle

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester 15 60

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order

Practical Skills ListAligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To

Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components

LaboratoryTutorialTotal Theoretical Lectures

451545

7

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 In class brainstorming sessions

15 Online discussion and forum

16 Interactive class discussion

17 Presentations and critical reading

18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department

8

Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1- Rayner and Joel Basic Engineering Thermodynamucs 5th edition 1995 Addison Wesley

Longman Ltd

2- Cengel amp Boles Thermodynamics 4th edition Tata Mc Graw

2- Essential References

1- H N Sawant Applied Thermodynamics ndash 2003 Akshar Rachana

2- Sonntage RE Fundamental of Thermodynamics ndash 6th edition - 2003

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1- Data Show2- Compter Lab3- Screen4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1- Detailed lecture notes are available on the web (for viewing andor downloading)2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

1-2-3-

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

9

Others (specify)

10

Instruction of ACourse Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

Approval date of course specification

Write the year in which the course specification has been Approval

I Course Identification and General Information

1Course Title Insert course title ndash use actual title from academic

catalogue

2

Course Number amp Code Insert the course number code number for the course

If it is not available Please leave blank course code will be obtained by the Academic Affairs Unit once a new course has been approved in principle at the relevant Academic Board

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut TrWrite the number of

Theo hours

Write the number of

Prac hours

Write the

number of

Tute hours

Write the

number of Field

Tr hours

Write the number of

credit hours for

the course

4Study levelyear at which this

course is offeredShow Study levelYear when the course is intended

to be taken Criteria for Upper amp Lower Division Courses

5

Pre ndashrequisite (if any) List all courses specified as prerequisites for this course

List any courses or other requirements that are prerequisites for enrolling in the course

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any) List any courses or other experiences that must

11

be taken concurrently with this course

7

Name of faculty member responsible for the course

insert the Name of faculty member responsible for the course

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for teaching and reporting on the delivery of a course that persons name should be given If a team of faculty teach the course and one person has been given coordinating responsibility that persons name should be shown If it is a new course for which an instructor has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8

Program (s) in which the course is offered

Write the name of the program in which the course is offered

A course may be offered in more than one program and a brief explanation may be needed to show how it relates to those programs As a guide if a course is an important component of several programs list these programs If it is used as a general skills course or a service course for a number of programs this should be noted and an indication given of the fields that are supported by it (A first year course in mathematics might be an example of this) If the course is a general elective which could be taken in many different programs this should be noted but those programs would not be listed

9Language of teaching the

courseWrite Language of teaching the course

10

Location of teaching the course

insert location name in which the course is offered

If the course is offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done

11 Prepared By

12 Approved By

Insert the number of credit hours for the course

CreditsCredit is a time-based andor competency-based quantitative measure assigned to courses or course equivalent learning Although certain exceptions are readily acknowledged the most generally acceptable determinants of credit seem to be student time or competency The basis for the ratio between student time and

12

student credit at CCC rests on the assumption that 45 hours of student effort in most educational settings will generate one hour of credit A course hour refers to 50-minute ldquohoursrdquoLecture and lab hours should be consistent with University discipline standards Most courses fit one of two patterns described below from the studentrsquos perspectiveLecture Course HourIn this educational setting the student spends 15 course hours in class per one credit and a presumption of 30 course-related hours out of class for a total of 45 hours Learning and instructional methods may varyLaboratory Course Hour For Transferrable Lab Credit a lab hour will be defined as one spent working actively to develop a skill whether applied or cognitive fundamental to the course content under the supervision of qualified facultyIn this educational setting the student spends 30 hours in class per one credit and a presumption of 15 course-related hours out of class for a total of 45 hours Learning and instructional methods may varyLecture and Lab hours are assigned credits as follows

Lecture and Lab hours are assigned credits as followsLecture 1 lecture hour = 1

creditLab 1 lab hour = 1

credit2 lab hours = 1 credit3 lab hours = 2 credits4 lab hours = 2 credits5 lab hours = 3 credits6 lab hours = 3 credits

II Course Description Write several sentences about the importance of the course for the program and for the

proficiency In addition you can mention the position of the course in the program such as if it is a required or elective You can mention some basic knowledge or skills that such a course will provide students with and its importance for their major or jobs in the future

The course description is a brief explanation which will be printed in the catalog written

13

in phrases rather than complete sentences clearly identifying critical or key content areas Information about teaching methods procedures not directly related to course content are not included in the description

The catalog description must be limited to 30 words or fewer and should communicate clearly to students the basic content of the course Prerequisites and other qualifiers are not included in the limitation of 30 words or fewer

-

III Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the courseFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to each

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the

course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration

ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use

14

A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill

The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule

ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline

Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning

in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals

assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes

Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the

courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been

updated

either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program

15

since its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a new

technological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the

differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000)

may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy

at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains

of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand order

16

Match Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage reviseQuote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to1 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied2 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied

17

3 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and movements associated with them

4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 4 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics5 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques6 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each7 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items8 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis9 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes10 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 11 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive12 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities13 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 14 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing15 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 16 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option17 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing18 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects19 List and describe the use of editing commands20 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing21 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing22 Change the properties of selected objects23 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing24 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties25 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing26 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Description of the knowledge and Understanding of Subject to be acquired

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toDescription of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire

A1- A1-

18

A2- A2-A3-A4-

Description of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire [List the Learning Outcomes to be achieved from the course This should be a list of topics or areas of knowledge that students should know and understand when they complete the course

Course objectives must be aligned to the PILOs and other standards ]

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned ]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Teaching strategies to be used

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Methods of assessment of knowledge and Understanding

acquired Explain how acquisition of knowledge will be assessed [Insert your description and schedule of readings assignments tests and exams A

sample follows]Indicate the grading structure of the course and how students are evaluated

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Identify specific instructional methods and types of activities and assignments to be used by the teacher to facilitate student achievement of the stated learning outcomes - eg lectures demonstrations study of written audiovisual or other materials in-class discussions one-on-one conferences group work student presentations electronic chat activities Explicitly tying specific instructional methods andor assignments to specific student learning outcomes will help students to know what skills knowledge or understanding they are expected to work on gaining in and through each of the activities of the course It will also help them to understand what evidence of their achievement you will be examining in evaluating their work For

19

General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals ExamplemdashLectures tutorials and independent study assignments Introductory lecture gives an overview of the content and significance of the course and of its relationship to studentsrsquo existing knowledge Each subsequent lecture begins with a similar overview linking the particular content of the presentation to the general overview Tutorials review the content of each lecture and clarify any matters not understood Individual assignments require use of library reference material and web sites to identify information required to complete tasks

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain the standards on the basis of which studentsrsquo in-class work and assignments will be evaluated and show the relationship between each individually graded assignment and the calculation of the midterm and final grade for the course Since all work undertaken by students in a course should provide an opportunity for them to demonstrate their achievement of one or more of the stated learning outcomes both in-class and out-of-class assignment prompts and grading standards should be explicitly linked to and conceptually consistent with the learning outcomes For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and marker student learning outcomes See General Education Program learning goals The assessment section should be a brief listing of the minimum assessment tools required for use in the course as determined by the course instructor - Keep your learning outcomes in mind when developing assessments - Your intended learning outcomes should shape your assessment procedures - Select a variety of assessment procedures because these measure the extent to

which students have achieved the course learning outcomes- Your assessment rubrics or grading criteria should directly reflect key components

of your outcomes

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose

20

is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goalsassignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms

The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in

21

Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been updatedsince its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a newtechnological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000) may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilitiesThe description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand orderMatch Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage revise

22

Quote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to27 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied28 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied29 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and

movements associated with them 4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious

23

Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 30 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics31 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques32 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each33 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items34 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis35 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes36 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 37 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive38 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities39 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 40 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing41 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 42 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option43 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing44 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects45 List and describe the use of editing commands46 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing47 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing48 Change the properties of selected objects49 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing50 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties51 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing52 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the course students would be able to

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to develop

B1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-

24

B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to developAs a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list

should include both the use of analytic and predictive formulae and conceptual tools when asked to do sot and the ability to identify and use ones that are appropriate for new and unanticipated problems

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these

Intellectual skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

Explain techniques to be used to teach and encourage appropriate use of cognitive skills

ExamplemdashExplanations and examples given in lectures and practiced under supervision in tutorials and laboratory tasks Transfer of learning encouraged by use of analytical tools in different applications and through discussion of potential application in other areas Assignment tasks include some open ended tasks designed to apply predictive analytical and problem solving skills (Eg What would happen ifhelliphellip How couldhelliphelliphellip)

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain method of assessment for Intellectual skillsExamplemdashProblem solving questions carrying 50 of mark on tests given at the end of each topic

and on end of semester examination Group and individual assignments require application of analytical tools in problem solving tasks

(C) Professional and Practical Skills Description of Professional skills and capacity to carry responsibility to be developed

Mention the professional and practical skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course requirements

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

25

Professional and Practical Skills and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

List the objectives of this course for improving studentsrsquo interpersonal skills capacity for self directed learning and personal and social responsibility

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

(Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo interpersonal skills personal and social responsibility and capacity for independent learningExamplemdashOne group assignment in which 25 of assessment is based on individuals

contribution to the group task (Instructor meets with each group part way through project to discuss and advise on approach to the task) Two individual assignments requiring investigation using internet and library resources as a means of developing self study skills Role play exercise on controversial issue relevant to the course based on a case study with discussion in tutorial of appropriate responses and consequences to individuals involved

Explain how interpersonal skills and responsibility will be assessedExamplemdashAssessment of group assignment includes component for individual contribution

Capacity for independent study assessed in individual assignments

(D) General Transferable Skills

Description of the General Transferable skills to be developed in this domain such as Communication Information Technology and Numerical Skills

Mention all the transferable skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course and other courses in the program such as the ability to work in groups the ability to use IT the ability to write reports and so on

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skills

26

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in General Transferable skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Indicate the contribution of this course to students lsquocommunication IT and numerical skills Note that what is intended in this section is the development of generic skills for all students

rather than specialized studies relevant to a field of study that would be included under items a or b For example a course in history or philosophy might include some use of basic mathematical or statistical information and the use of ICT in searching for information and presenting reports A course in computer science might include the ability to present written reports that develop language ability

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in General and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo numerical and communication skills ExamplemdashStudent assignments require good standards of use of ICT Where standards

are inadequate the student is referred for special remedial instruction Student essay assignments require proper style and referencing format as specified in college style manual

Explain how numerical and communication skills will be assessed in this course

ExamplemdashTest questions require interpretation of simple statistical information Assessments of students assignment and project work include expectation of adequate use of numerical and communication skills Five percent of marks allocated for standard of presentation using ICT

27

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 6: Engineering Thermodynamics

cycles 18 Reversible and irreversible processes 19 Equation of state of an ideal gas 110 Avogadrorsquos number Boltzmanrsquos constant and compressibility

2

First law of thermodynamics A2 A3

21 First law of thermodynamics for a system 22 Internal energy 23 Internal energy of an ideal gas 24 Enthalpy 25 Application of the first law to a closed system 26 The first law of thermodynamics for a control volume 27 The steady state flow process 28 Work and the steady state reversible flow process 29 Application to steady state flow energy equation 210 Carnot cycle 211 First law applied to steady state chemical systems

3 12

3

Properties of pure substances A4

31 One component system 32 Liquid-vapor system 33 Extension to the solid phase 34 Thermodynamic surfaces 35 Tables of properties 36 The ideal-gas model 37 Compressibility factor 38 Problems

3 12

4The second law of thermodynamics A5

41 The second law of thermodynamics 42 The Carnot cycle and principles 43 The thermodynamic principle scale 44 Clausius theorem 45 Entropy 46 Temperature Entropy diagram 47 Gas tables 48 Isentropic relations for an ideal gas 49 Entropy change for a control volume 410 Entropic efficiency 411 Physical interpretation of entropy

4 16

5 Analysis of thermodynamics of

A6 51 Ideal processes 52 The reciprocating compressor

3 12

6

cycles

cycle 53 The Rankine vapor-power cycle 54 Reheat cycle 55 The standard Otto cycle 56 The gas turbine cycle 57 Stage compression and expansion 58 Refrigeration cycle 59 Rankine vapor-compression refrigeration cycle

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester 15 60

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order

Practical Skills ListAligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To

Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components

LaboratoryTutorialTotal Theoretical Lectures

451545

7

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 In class brainstorming sessions

15 Online discussion and forum

16 Interactive class discussion

17 Presentations and critical reading

18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department

8

Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1- Rayner and Joel Basic Engineering Thermodynamucs 5th edition 1995 Addison Wesley

Longman Ltd

2- Cengel amp Boles Thermodynamics 4th edition Tata Mc Graw

2- Essential References

1- H N Sawant Applied Thermodynamics ndash 2003 Akshar Rachana

2- Sonntage RE Fundamental of Thermodynamics ndash 6th edition - 2003

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1- Data Show2- Compter Lab3- Screen4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1- Detailed lecture notes are available on the web (for viewing andor downloading)2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

1-2-3-

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

9

Others (specify)

10

Instruction of ACourse Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

Approval date of course specification

Write the year in which the course specification has been Approval

I Course Identification and General Information

1Course Title Insert course title ndash use actual title from academic

catalogue

2

Course Number amp Code Insert the course number code number for the course

If it is not available Please leave blank course code will be obtained by the Academic Affairs Unit once a new course has been approved in principle at the relevant Academic Board

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut TrWrite the number of

Theo hours

Write the number of

Prac hours

Write the

number of

Tute hours

Write the

number of Field

Tr hours

Write the number of

credit hours for

the course

4Study levelyear at which this

course is offeredShow Study levelYear when the course is intended

to be taken Criteria for Upper amp Lower Division Courses

5

Pre ndashrequisite (if any) List all courses specified as prerequisites for this course

List any courses or other requirements that are prerequisites for enrolling in the course

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any) List any courses or other experiences that must

11

be taken concurrently with this course

7

Name of faculty member responsible for the course

insert the Name of faculty member responsible for the course

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for teaching and reporting on the delivery of a course that persons name should be given If a team of faculty teach the course and one person has been given coordinating responsibility that persons name should be shown If it is a new course for which an instructor has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8

Program (s) in which the course is offered

Write the name of the program in which the course is offered

A course may be offered in more than one program and a brief explanation may be needed to show how it relates to those programs As a guide if a course is an important component of several programs list these programs If it is used as a general skills course or a service course for a number of programs this should be noted and an indication given of the fields that are supported by it (A first year course in mathematics might be an example of this) If the course is a general elective which could be taken in many different programs this should be noted but those programs would not be listed

9Language of teaching the

courseWrite Language of teaching the course

10

Location of teaching the course

insert location name in which the course is offered

If the course is offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done

11 Prepared By

12 Approved By

Insert the number of credit hours for the course

CreditsCredit is a time-based andor competency-based quantitative measure assigned to courses or course equivalent learning Although certain exceptions are readily acknowledged the most generally acceptable determinants of credit seem to be student time or competency The basis for the ratio between student time and

12

student credit at CCC rests on the assumption that 45 hours of student effort in most educational settings will generate one hour of credit A course hour refers to 50-minute ldquohoursrdquoLecture and lab hours should be consistent with University discipline standards Most courses fit one of two patterns described below from the studentrsquos perspectiveLecture Course HourIn this educational setting the student spends 15 course hours in class per one credit and a presumption of 30 course-related hours out of class for a total of 45 hours Learning and instructional methods may varyLaboratory Course Hour For Transferrable Lab Credit a lab hour will be defined as one spent working actively to develop a skill whether applied or cognitive fundamental to the course content under the supervision of qualified facultyIn this educational setting the student spends 30 hours in class per one credit and a presumption of 15 course-related hours out of class for a total of 45 hours Learning and instructional methods may varyLecture and Lab hours are assigned credits as follows

Lecture and Lab hours are assigned credits as followsLecture 1 lecture hour = 1

creditLab 1 lab hour = 1

credit2 lab hours = 1 credit3 lab hours = 2 credits4 lab hours = 2 credits5 lab hours = 3 credits6 lab hours = 3 credits

II Course Description Write several sentences about the importance of the course for the program and for the

proficiency In addition you can mention the position of the course in the program such as if it is a required or elective You can mention some basic knowledge or skills that such a course will provide students with and its importance for their major or jobs in the future

The course description is a brief explanation which will be printed in the catalog written

13

in phrases rather than complete sentences clearly identifying critical or key content areas Information about teaching methods procedures not directly related to course content are not included in the description

The catalog description must be limited to 30 words or fewer and should communicate clearly to students the basic content of the course Prerequisites and other qualifiers are not included in the limitation of 30 words or fewer

-

III Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the courseFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to each

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the

course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration

ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use

14

A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill

The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule

ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline

Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning

in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals

assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes

Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the

courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been

updated

either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program

15

since its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a new

technological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the

differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000)

may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy

at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains

of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand order

16

Match Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage reviseQuote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to1 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied2 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied

17

3 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and movements associated with them

4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 4 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics5 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques6 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each7 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items8 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis9 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes10 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 11 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive12 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities13 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 14 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing15 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 16 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option17 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing18 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects19 List and describe the use of editing commands20 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing21 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing22 Change the properties of selected objects23 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing24 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties25 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing26 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Description of the knowledge and Understanding of Subject to be acquired

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toDescription of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire

A1- A1-

18

A2- A2-A3-A4-

Description of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire [List the Learning Outcomes to be achieved from the course This should be a list of topics or areas of knowledge that students should know and understand when they complete the course

Course objectives must be aligned to the PILOs and other standards ]

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned ]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Teaching strategies to be used

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Methods of assessment of knowledge and Understanding

acquired Explain how acquisition of knowledge will be assessed [Insert your description and schedule of readings assignments tests and exams A

sample follows]Indicate the grading structure of the course and how students are evaluated

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Identify specific instructional methods and types of activities and assignments to be used by the teacher to facilitate student achievement of the stated learning outcomes - eg lectures demonstrations study of written audiovisual or other materials in-class discussions one-on-one conferences group work student presentations electronic chat activities Explicitly tying specific instructional methods andor assignments to specific student learning outcomes will help students to know what skills knowledge or understanding they are expected to work on gaining in and through each of the activities of the course It will also help them to understand what evidence of their achievement you will be examining in evaluating their work For

19

General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals ExamplemdashLectures tutorials and independent study assignments Introductory lecture gives an overview of the content and significance of the course and of its relationship to studentsrsquo existing knowledge Each subsequent lecture begins with a similar overview linking the particular content of the presentation to the general overview Tutorials review the content of each lecture and clarify any matters not understood Individual assignments require use of library reference material and web sites to identify information required to complete tasks

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain the standards on the basis of which studentsrsquo in-class work and assignments will be evaluated and show the relationship between each individually graded assignment and the calculation of the midterm and final grade for the course Since all work undertaken by students in a course should provide an opportunity for them to demonstrate their achievement of one or more of the stated learning outcomes both in-class and out-of-class assignment prompts and grading standards should be explicitly linked to and conceptually consistent with the learning outcomes For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and marker student learning outcomes See General Education Program learning goals The assessment section should be a brief listing of the minimum assessment tools required for use in the course as determined by the course instructor - Keep your learning outcomes in mind when developing assessments - Your intended learning outcomes should shape your assessment procedures - Select a variety of assessment procedures because these measure the extent to

which students have achieved the course learning outcomes- Your assessment rubrics or grading criteria should directly reflect key components

of your outcomes

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose

20

is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goalsassignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms

The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in

21

Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been updatedsince its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a newtechnological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000) may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilitiesThe description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand orderMatch Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage revise

22

Quote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to27 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied28 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied29 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and

movements associated with them 4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious

23

Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 30 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics31 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques32 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each33 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items34 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis35 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes36 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 37 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive38 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities39 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 40 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing41 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 42 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option43 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing44 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects45 List and describe the use of editing commands46 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing47 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing48 Change the properties of selected objects49 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing50 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties51 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing52 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the course students would be able to

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to develop

B1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-

24

B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to developAs a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list

should include both the use of analytic and predictive formulae and conceptual tools when asked to do sot and the ability to identify and use ones that are appropriate for new and unanticipated problems

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these

Intellectual skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

Explain techniques to be used to teach and encourage appropriate use of cognitive skills

ExamplemdashExplanations and examples given in lectures and practiced under supervision in tutorials and laboratory tasks Transfer of learning encouraged by use of analytical tools in different applications and through discussion of potential application in other areas Assignment tasks include some open ended tasks designed to apply predictive analytical and problem solving skills (Eg What would happen ifhelliphellip How couldhelliphelliphellip)

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain method of assessment for Intellectual skillsExamplemdashProblem solving questions carrying 50 of mark on tests given at the end of each topic

and on end of semester examination Group and individual assignments require application of analytical tools in problem solving tasks

(C) Professional and Practical Skills Description of Professional skills and capacity to carry responsibility to be developed

Mention the professional and practical skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course requirements

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

25

Professional and Practical Skills and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

List the objectives of this course for improving studentsrsquo interpersonal skills capacity for self directed learning and personal and social responsibility

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

(Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo interpersonal skills personal and social responsibility and capacity for independent learningExamplemdashOne group assignment in which 25 of assessment is based on individuals

contribution to the group task (Instructor meets with each group part way through project to discuss and advise on approach to the task) Two individual assignments requiring investigation using internet and library resources as a means of developing self study skills Role play exercise on controversial issue relevant to the course based on a case study with discussion in tutorial of appropriate responses and consequences to individuals involved

Explain how interpersonal skills and responsibility will be assessedExamplemdashAssessment of group assignment includes component for individual contribution

Capacity for independent study assessed in individual assignments

(D) General Transferable Skills

Description of the General Transferable skills to be developed in this domain such as Communication Information Technology and Numerical Skills

Mention all the transferable skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course and other courses in the program such as the ability to work in groups the ability to use IT the ability to write reports and so on

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skills

26

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in General Transferable skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Indicate the contribution of this course to students lsquocommunication IT and numerical skills Note that what is intended in this section is the development of generic skills for all students

rather than specialized studies relevant to a field of study that would be included under items a or b For example a course in history or philosophy might include some use of basic mathematical or statistical information and the use of ICT in searching for information and presenting reports A course in computer science might include the ability to present written reports that develop language ability

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in General and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo numerical and communication skills ExamplemdashStudent assignments require good standards of use of ICT Where standards

are inadequate the student is referred for special remedial instruction Student essay assignments require proper style and referencing format as specified in college style manual

Explain how numerical and communication skills will be assessed in this course

ExamplemdashTest questions require interpretation of simple statistical information Assessments of students assignment and project work include expectation of adequate use of numerical and communication skills Five percent of marks allocated for standard of presentation using ICT

27

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 7: Engineering Thermodynamics

cycles

cycle 53 The Rankine vapor-power cycle 54 Reheat cycle 55 The standard Otto cycle 56 The gas turbine cycle 57 Stage compression and expansion 58 Refrigeration cycle 59 Rankine vapor-compression refrigeration cycle

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester 15 60

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order

Practical Skills ListAligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To

Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components

LaboratoryTutorialTotal Theoretical Lectures

451545

7

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 In class brainstorming sessions

15 Online discussion and forum

16 Interactive class discussion

17 Presentations and critical reading

18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department

8

Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1- Rayner and Joel Basic Engineering Thermodynamucs 5th edition 1995 Addison Wesley

Longman Ltd

2- Cengel amp Boles Thermodynamics 4th edition Tata Mc Graw

2- Essential References

1- H N Sawant Applied Thermodynamics ndash 2003 Akshar Rachana

2- Sonntage RE Fundamental of Thermodynamics ndash 6th edition - 2003

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1- Data Show2- Compter Lab3- Screen4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1- Detailed lecture notes are available on the web (for viewing andor downloading)2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

1-2-3-

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

9

Others (specify)

10

Instruction of ACourse Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

Approval date of course specification

Write the year in which the course specification has been Approval

I Course Identification and General Information

1Course Title Insert course title ndash use actual title from academic

catalogue

2

Course Number amp Code Insert the course number code number for the course

If it is not available Please leave blank course code will be obtained by the Academic Affairs Unit once a new course has been approved in principle at the relevant Academic Board

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut TrWrite the number of

Theo hours

Write the number of

Prac hours

Write the

number of

Tute hours

Write the

number of Field

Tr hours

Write the number of

credit hours for

the course

4Study levelyear at which this

course is offeredShow Study levelYear when the course is intended

to be taken Criteria for Upper amp Lower Division Courses

5

Pre ndashrequisite (if any) List all courses specified as prerequisites for this course

List any courses or other requirements that are prerequisites for enrolling in the course

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any) List any courses or other experiences that must

11

be taken concurrently with this course

7

Name of faculty member responsible for the course

insert the Name of faculty member responsible for the course

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for teaching and reporting on the delivery of a course that persons name should be given If a team of faculty teach the course and one person has been given coordinating responsibility that persons name should be shown If it is a new course for which an instructor has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8

Program (s) in which the course is offered

Write the name of the program in which the course is offered

A course may be offered in more than one program and a brief explanation may be needed to show how it relates to those programs As a guide if a course is an important component of several programs list these programs If it is used as a general skills course or a service course for a number of programs this should be noted and an indication given of the fields that are supported by it (A first year course in mathematics might be an example of this) If the course is a general elective which could be taken in many different programs this should be noted but those programs would not be listed

9Language of teaching the

courseWrite Language of teaching the course

10

Location of teaching the course

insert location name in which the course is offered

If the course is offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done

11 Prepared By

12 Approved By

Insert the number of credit hours for the course

CreditsCredit is a time-based andor competency-based quantitative measure assigned to courses or course equivalent learning Although certain exceptions are readily acknowledged the most generally acceptable determinants of credit seem to be student time or competency The basis for the ratio between student time and

12

student credit at CCC rests on the assumption that 45 hours of student effort in most educational settings will generate one hour of credit A course hour refers to 50-minute ldquohoursrdquoLecture and lab hours should be consistent with University discipline standards Most courses fit one of two patterns described below from the studentrsquos perspectiveLecture Course HourIn this educational setting the student spends 15 course hours in class per one credit and a presumption of 30 course-related hours out of class for a total of 45 hours Learning and instructional methods may varyLaboratory Course Hour For Transferrable Lab Credit a lab hour will be defined as one spent working actively to develop a skill whether applied or cognitive fundamental to the course content under the supervision of qualified facultyIn this educational setting the student spends 30 hours in class per one credit and a presumption of 15 course-related hours out of class for a total of 45 hours Learning and instructional methods may varyLecture and Lab hours are assigned credits as follows

Lecture and Lab hours are assigned credits as followsLecture 1 lecture hour = 1

creditLab 1 lab hour = 1

credit2 lab hours = 1 credit3 lab hours = 2 credits4 lab hours = 2 credits5 lab hours = 3 credits6 lab hours = 3 credits

II Course Description Write several sentences about the importance of the course for the program and for the

proficiency In addition you can mention the position of the course in the program such as if it is a required or elective You can mention some basic knowledge or skills that such a course will provide students with and its importance for their major or jobs in the future

The course description is a brief explanation which will be printed in the catalog written

13

in phrases rather than complete sentences clearly identifying critical or key content areas Information about teaching methods procedures not directly related to course content are not included in the description

The catalog description must be limited to 30 words or fewer and should communicate clearly to students the basic content of the course Prerequisites and other qualifiers are not included in the limitation of 30 words or fewer

-

III Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the courseFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to each

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the

course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration

ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use

14

A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill

The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule

ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline

Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning

in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals

assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes

Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the

courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been

updated

either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program

15

since its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a new

technological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the

differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000)

may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy

at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains

of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand order

16

Match Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage reviseQuote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to1 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied2 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied

17

3 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and movements associated with them

4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 4 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics5 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques6 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each7 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items8 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis9 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes10 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 11 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive12 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities13 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 14 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing15 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 16 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option17 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing18 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects19 List and describe the use of editing commands20 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing21 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing22 Change the properties of selected objects23 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing24 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties25 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing26 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Description of the knowledge and Understanding of Subject to be acquired

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toDescription of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire

A1- A1-

18

A2- A2-A3-A4-

Description of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire [List the Learning Outcomes to be achieved from the course This should be a list of topics or areas of knowledge that students should know and understand when they complete the course

Course objectives must be aligned to the PILOs and other standards ]

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned ]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Teaching strategies to be used

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Methods of assessment of knowledge and Understanding

acquired Explain how acquisition of knowledge will be assessed [Insert your description and schedule of readings assignments tests and exams A

sample follows]Indicate the grading structure of the course and how students are evaluated

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Identify specific instructional methods and types of activities and assignments to be used by the teacher to facilitate student achievement of the stated learning outcomes - eg lectures demonstrations study of written audiovisual or other materials in-class discussions one-on-one conferences group work student presentations electronic chat activities Explicitly tying specific instructional methods andor assignments to specific student learning outcomes will help students to know what skills knowledge or understanding they are expected to work on gaining in and through each of the activities of the course It will also help them to understand what evidence of their achievement you will be examining in evaluating their work For

19

General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals ExamplemdashLectures tutorials and independent study assignments Introductory lecture gives an overview of the content and significance of the course and of its relationship to studentsrsquo existing knowledge Each subsequent lecture begins with a similar overview linking the particular content of the presentation to the general overview Tutorials review the content of each lecture and clarify any matters not understood Individual assignments require use of library reference material and web sites to identify information required to complete tasks

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain the standards on the basis of which studentsrsquo in-class work and assignments will be evaluated and show the relationship between each individually graded assignment and the calculation of the midterm and final grade for the course Since all work undertaken by students in a course should provide an opportunity for them to demonstrate their achievement of one or more of the stated learning outcomes both in-class and out-of-class assignment prompts and grading standards should be explicitly linked to and conceptually consistent with the learning outcomes For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and marker student learning outcomes See General Education Program learning goals The assessment section should be a brief listing of the minimum assessment tools required for use in the course as determined by the course instructor - Keep your learning outcomes in mind when developing assessments - Your intended learning outcomes should shape your assessment procedures - Select a variety of assessment procedures because these measure the extent to

which students have achieved the course learning outcomes- Your assessment rubrics or grading criteria should directly reflect key components

of your outcomes

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose

20

is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goalsassignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms

The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in

21

Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been updatedsince its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a newtechnological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000) may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilitiesThe description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand orderMatch Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage revise

22

Quote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to27 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied28 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied29 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and

movements associated with them 4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious

23

Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 30 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics31 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques32 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each33 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items34 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis35 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes36 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 37 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive38 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities39 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 40 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing41 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 42 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option43 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing44 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects45 List and describe the use of editing commands46 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing47 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing48 Change the properties of selected objects49 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing50 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties51 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing52 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the course students would be able to

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to develop

B1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-

24

B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to developAs a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list

should include both the use of analytic and predictive formulae and conceptual tools when asked to do sot and the ability to identify and use ones that are appropriate for new and unanticipated problems

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these

Intellectual skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

Explain techniques to be used to teach and encourage appropriate use of cognitive skills

ExamplemdashExplanations and examples given in lectures and practiced under supervision in tutorials and laboratory tasks Transfer of learning encouraged by use of analytical tools in different applications and through discussion of potential application in other areas Assignment tasks include some open ended tasks designed to apply predictive analytical and problem solving skills (Eg What would happen ifhelliphellip How couldhelliphelliphellip)

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain method of assessment for Intellectual skillsExamplemdashProblem solving questions carrying 50 of mark on tests given at the end of each topic

and on end of semester examination Group and individual assignments require application of analytical tools in problem solving tasks

(C) Professional and Practical Skills Description of Professional skills and capacity to carry responsibility to be developed

Mention the professional and practical skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course requirements

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

25

Professional and Practical Skills and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

List the objectives of this course for improving studentsrsquo interpersonal skills capacity for self directed learning and personal and social responsibility

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

(Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo interpersonal skills personal and social responsibility and capacity for independent learningExamplemdashOne group assignment in which 25 of assessment is based on individuals

contribution to the group task (Instructor meets with each group part way through project to discuss and advise on approach to the task) Two individual assignments requiring investigation using internet and library resources as a means of developing self study skills Role play exercise on controversial issue relevant to the course based on a case study with discussion in tutorial of appropriate responses and consequences to individuals involved

Explain how interpersonal skills and responsibility will be assessedExamplemdashAssessment of group assignment includes component for individual contribution

Capacity for independent study assessed in individual assignments

(D) General Transferable Skills

Description of the General Transferable skills to be developed in this domain such as Communication Information Technology and Numerical Skills

Mention all the transferable skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course and other courses in the program such as the ability to work in groups the ability to use IT the ability to write reports and so on

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skills

26

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in General Transferable skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Indicate the contribution of this course to students lsquocommunication IT and numerical skills Note that what is intended in this section is the development of generic skills for all students

rather than specialized studies relevant to a field of study that would be included under items a or b For example a course in history or philosophy might include some use of basic mathematical or statistical information and the use of ICT in searching for information and presenting reports A course in computer science might include the ability to present written reports that develop language ability

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in General and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo numerical and communication skills ExamplemdashStudent assignments require good standards of use of ICT Where standards

are inadequate the student is referred for special remedial instruction Student essay assignments require proper style and referencing format as specified in college style manual

Explain how numerical and communication skills will be assessed in this course

ExamplemdashTest questions require interpretation of simple statistical information Assessments of students assignment and project work include expectation of adequate use of numerical and communication skills Five percent of marks allocated for standard of presentation using ICT

27

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 8: Engineering Thermodynamics

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 In class brainstorming sessions

15 Online discussion and forum

16 Interactive class discussion

17 Presentations and critical reading

18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department

8

Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1- Rayner and Joel Basic Engineering Thermodynamucs 5th edition 1995 Addison Wesley

Longman Ltd

2- Cengel amp Boles Thermodynamics 4th edition Tata Mc Graw

2- Essential References

1- H N Sawant Applied Thermodynamics ndash 2003 Akshar Rachana

2- Sonntage RE Fundamental of Thermodynamics ndash 6th edition - 2003

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1- Data Show2- Compter Lab3- Screen4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1- Detailed lecture notes are available on the web (for viewing andor downloading)2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

1-2-3-

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

9

Others (specify)

10

Instruction of ACourse Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

Approval date of course specification

Write the year in which the course specification has been Approval

I Course Identification and General Information

1Course Title Insert course title ndash use actual title from academic

catalogue

2

Course Number amp Code Insert the course number code number for the course

If it is not available Please leave blank course code will be obtained by the Academic Affairs Unit once a new course has been approved in principle at the relevant Academic Board

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut TrWrite the number of

Theo hours

Write the number of

Prac hours

Write the

number of

Tute hours

Write the

number of Field

Tr hours

Write the number of

credit hours for

the course

4Study levelyear at which this

course is offeredShow Study levelYear when the course is intended

to be taken Criteria for Upper amp Lower Division Courses

5

Pre ndashrequisite (if any) List all courses specified as prerequisites for this course

List any courses or other requirements that are prerequisites for enrolling in the course

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any) List any courses or other experiences that must

11

be taken concurrently with this course

7

Name of faculty member responsible for the course

insert the Name of faculty member responsible for the course

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for teaching and reporting on the delivery of a course that persons name should be given If a team of faculty teach the course and one person has been given coordinating responsibility that persons name should be shown If it is a new course for which an instructor has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8

Program (s) in which the course is offered

Write the name of the program in which the course is offered

A course may be offered in more than one program and a brief explanation may be needed to show how it relates to those programs As a guide if a course is an important component of several programs list these programs If it is used as a general skills course or a service course for a number of programs this should be noted and an indication given of the fields that are supported by it (A first year course in mathematics might be an example of this) If the course is a general elective which could be taken in many different programs this should be noted but those programs would not be listed

9Language of teaching the

courseWrite Language of teaching the course

10

Location of teaching the course

insert location name in which the course is offered

If the course is offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done

11 Prepared By

12 Approved By

Insert the number of credit hours for the course

CreditsCredit is a time-based andor competency-based quantitative measure assigned to courses or course equivalent learning Although certain exceptions are readily acknowledged the most generally acceptable determinants of credit seem to be student time or competency The basis for the ratio between student time and

12

student credit at CCC rests on the assumption that 45 hours of student effort in most educational settings will generate one hour of credit A course hour refers to 50-minute ldquohoursrdquoLecture and lab hours should be consistent with University discipline standards Most courses fit one of two patterns described below from the studentrsquos perspectiveLecture Course HourIn this educational setting the student spends 15 course hours in class per one credit and a presumption of 30 course-related hours out of class for a total of 45 hours Learning and instructional methods may varyLaboratory Course Hour For Transferrable Lab Credit a lab hour will be defined as one spent working actively to develop a skill whether applied or cognitive fundamental to the course content under the supervision of qualified facultyIn this educational setting the student spends 30 hours in class per one credit and a presumption of 15 course-related hours out of class for a total of 45 hours Learning and instructional methods may varyLecture and Lab hours are assigned credits as follows

Lecture and Lab hours are assigned credits as followsLecture 1 lecture hour = 1

creditLab 1 lab hour = 1

credit2 lab hours = 1 credit3 lab hours = 2 credits4 lab hours = 2 credits5 lab hours = 3 credits6 lab hours = 3 credits

II Course Description Write several sentences about the importance of the course for the program and for the

proficiency In addition you can mention the position of the course in the program such as if it is a required or elective You can mention some basic knowledge or skills that such a course will provide students with and its importance for their major or jobs in the future

The course description is a brief explanation which will be printed in the catalog written

13

in phrases rather than complete sentences clearly identifying critical or key content areas Information about teaching methods procedures not directly related to course content are not included in the description

The catalog description must be limited to 30 words or fewer and should communicate clearly to students the basic content of the course Prerequisites and other qualifiers are not included in the limitation of 30 words or fewer

-

III Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the courseFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to each

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the

course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration

ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use

14

A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill

The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule

ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline

Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning

in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals

assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes

Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the

courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been

updated

either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program

15

since its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a new

technological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the

differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000)

may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy

at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains

of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand order

16

Match Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage reviseQuote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to1 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied2 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied

17

3 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and movements associated with them

4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 4 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics5 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques6 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each7 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items8 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis9 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes10 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 11 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive12 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities13 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 14 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing15 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 16 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option17 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing18 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects19 List and describe the use of editing commands20 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing21 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing22 Change the properties of selected objects23 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing24 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties25 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing26 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Description of the knowledge and Understanding of Subject to be acquired

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toDescription of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire

A1- A1-

18

A2- A2-A3-A4-

Description of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire [List the Learning Outcomes to be achieved from the course This should be a list of topics or areas of knowledge that students should know and understand when they complete the course

Course objectives must be aligned to the PILOs and other standards ]

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned ]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Teaching strategies to be used

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Methods of assessment of knowledge and Understanding

acquired Explain how acquisition of knowledge will be assessed [Insert your description and schedule of readings assignments tests and exams A

sample follows]Indicate the grading structure of the course and how students are evaluated

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Identify specific instructional methods and types of activities and assignments to be used by the teacher to facilitate student achievement of the stated learning outcomes - eg lectures demonstrations study of written audiovisual or other materials in-class discussions one-on-one conferences group work student presentations electronic chat activities Explicitly tying specific instructional methods andor assignments to specific student learning outcomes will help students to know what skills knowledge or understanding they are expected to work on gaining in and through each of the activities of the course It will also help them to understand what evidence of their achievement you will be examining in evaluating their work For

19

General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals ExamplemdashLectures tutorials and independent study assignments Introductory lecture gives an overview of the content and significance of the course and of its relationship to studentsrsquo existing knowledge Each subsequent lecture begins with a similar overview linking the particular content of the presentation to the general overview Tutorials review the content of each lecture and clarify any matters not understood Individual assignments require use of library reference material and web sites to identify information required to complete tasks

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain the standards on the basis of which studentsrsquo in-class work and assignments will be evaluated and show the relationship between each individually graded assignment and the calculation of the midterm and final grade for the course Since all work undertaken by students in a course should provide an opportunity for them to demonstrate their achievement of one or more of the stated learning outcomes both in-class and out-of-class assignment prompts and grading standards should be explicitly linked to and conceptually consistent with the learning outcomes For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and marker student learning outcomes See General Education Program learning goals The assessment section should be a brief listing of the minimum assessment tools required for use in the course as determined by the course instructor - Keep your learning outcomes in mind when developing assessments - Your intended learning outcomes should shape your assessment procedures - Select a variety of assessment procedures because these measure the extent to

which students have achieved the course learning outcomes- Your assessment rubrics or grading criteria should directly reflect key components

of your outcomes

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose

20

is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goalsassignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms

The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in

21

Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been updatedsince its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a newtechnological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000) may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilitiesThe description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand orderMatch Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage revise

22

Quote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to27 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied28 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied29 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and

movements associated with them 4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious

23

Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 30 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics31 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques32 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each33 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items34 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis35 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes36 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 37 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive38 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities39 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 40 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing41 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 42 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option43 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing44 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects45 List and describe the use of editing commands46 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing47 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing48 Change the properties of selected objects49 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing50 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties51 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing52 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the course students would be able to

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to develop

B1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-

24

B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to developAs a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list

should include both the use of analytic and predictive formulae and conceptual tools when asked to do sot and the ability to identify and use ones that are appropriate for new and unanticipated problems

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these

Intellectual skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

Explain techniques to be used to teach and encourage appropriate use of cognitive skills

ExamplemdashExplanations and examples given in lectures and practiced under supervision in tutorials and laboratory tasks Transfer of learning encouraged by use of analytical tools in different applications and through discussion of potential application in other areas Assignment tasks include some open ended tasks designed to apply predictive analytical and problem solving skills (Eg What would happen ifhelliphellip How couldhelliphelliphellip)

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain method of assessment for Intellectual skillsExamplemdashProblem solving questions carrying 50 of mark on tests given at the end of each topic

and on end of semester examination Group and individual assignments require application of analytical tools in problem solving tasks

(C) Professional and Practical Skills Description of Professional skills and capacity to carry responsibility to be developed

Mention the professional and practical skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course requirements

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

25

Professional and Practical Skills and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

List the objectives of this course for improving studentsrsquo interpersonal skills capacity for self directed learning and personal and social responsibility

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

(Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo interpersonal skills personal and social responsibility and capacity for independent learningExamplemdashOne group assignment in which 25 of assessment is based on individuals

contribution to the group task (Instructor meets with each group part way through project to discuss and advise on approach to the task) Two individual assignments requiring investigation using internet and library resources as a means of developing self study skills Role play exercise on controversial issue relevant to the course based on a case study with discussion in tutorial of appropriate responses and consequences to individuals involved

Explain how interpersonal skills and responsibility will be assessedExamplemdashAssessment of group assignment includes component for individual contribution

Capacity for independent study assessed in individual assignments

(D) General Transferable Skills

Description of the General Transferable skills to be developed in this domain such as Communication Information Technology and Numerical Skills

Mention all the transferable skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course and other courses in the program such as the ability to work in groups the ability to use IT the ability to write reports and so on

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skills

26

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in General Transferable skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Indicate the contribution of this course to students lsquocommunication IT and numerical skills Note that what is intended in this section is the development of generic skills for all students

rather than specialized studies relevant to a field of study that would be included under items a or b For example a course in history or philosophy might include some use of basic mathematical or statistical information and the use of ICT in searching for information and presenting reports A course in computer science might include the ability to present written reports that develop language ability

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in General and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo numerical and communication skills ExamplemdashStudent assignments require good standards of use of ICT Where standards

are inadequate the student is referred for special remedial instruction Student essay assignments require proper style and referencing format as specified in college style manual

Explain how numerical and communication skills will be assessed in this course

ExamplemdashTest questions require interpretation of simple statistical information Assessments of students assignment and project work include expectation of adequate use of numerical and communication skills Five percent of marks allocated for standard of presentation using ICT

27

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 9: Engineering Thermodynamics

Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1- Rayner and Joel Basic Engineering Thermodynamucs 5th edition 1995 Addison Wesley

Longman Ltd

2- Cengel amp Boles Thermodynamics 4th edition Tata Mc Graw

2- Essential References

1- H N Sawant Applied Thermodynamics ndash 2003 Akshar Rachana

2- Sonntage RE Fundamental of Thermodynamics ndash 6th edition - 2003

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1- Data Show2- Compter Lab3- Screen4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1- Detailed lecture notes are available on the web (for viewing andor downloading)2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

1-2-3-

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

9

Others (specify)

10

Instruction of ACourse Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

Approval date of course specification

Write the year in which the course specification has been Approval

I Course Identification and General Information

1Course Title Insert course title ndash use actual title from academic

catalogue

2

Course Number amp Code Insert the course number code number for the course

If it is not available Please leave blank course code will be obtained by the Academic Affairs Unit once a new course has been approved in principle at the relevant Academic Board

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut TrWrite the number of

Theo hours

Write the number of

Prac hours

Write the

number of

Tute hours

Write the

number of Field

Tr hours

Write the number of

credit hours for

the course

4Study levelyear at which this

course is offeredShow Study levelYear when the course is intended

to be taken Criteria for Upper amp Lower Division Courses

5

Pre ndashrequisite (if any) List all courses specified as prerequisites for this course

List any courses or other requirements that are prerequisites for enrolling in the course

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any) List any courses or other experiences that must

11

be taken concurrently with this course

7

Name of faculty member responsible for the course

insert the Name of faculty member responsible for the course

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for teaching and reporting on the delivery of a course that persons name should be given If a team of faculty teach the course and one person has been given coordinating responsibility that persons name should be shown If it is a new course for which an instructor has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8

Program (s) in which the course is offered

Write the name of the program in which the course is offered

A course may be offered in more than one program and a brief explanation may be needed to show how it relates to those programs As a guide if a course is an important component of several programs list these programs If it is used as a general skills course or a service course for a number of programs this should be noted and an indication given of the fields that are supported by it (A first year course in mathematics might be an example of this) If the course is a general elective which could be taken in many different programs this should be noted but those programs would not be listed

9Language of teaching the

courseWrite Language of teaching the course

10

Location of teaching the course

insert location name in which the course is offered

If the course is offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done

11 Prepared By

12 Approved By

Insert the number of credit hours for the course

CreditsCredit is a time-based andor competency-based quantitative measure assigned to courses or course equivalent learning Although certain exceptions are readily acknowledged the most generally acceptable determinants of credit seem to be student time or competency The basis for the ratio between student time and

12

student credit at CCC rests on the assumption that 45 hours of student effort in most educational settings will generate one hour of credit A course hour refers to 50-minute ldquohoursrdquoLecture and lab hours should be consistent with University discipline standards Most courses fit one of two patterns described below from the studentrsquos perspectiveLecture Course HourIn this educational setting the student spends 15 course hours in class per one credit and a presumption of 30 course-related hours out of class for a total of 45 hours Learning and instructional methods may varyLaboratory Course Hour For Transferrable Lab Credit a lab hour will be defined as one spent working actively to develop a skill whether applied or cognitive fundamental to the course content under the supervision of qualified facultyIn this educational setting the student spends 30 hours in class per one credit and a presumption of 15 course-related hours out of class for a total of 45 hours Learning and instructional methods may varyLecture and Lab hours are assigned credits as follows

Lecture and Lab hours are assigned credits as followsLecture 1 lecture hour = 1

creditLab 1 lab hour = 1

credit2 lab hours = 1 credit3 lab hours = 2 credits4 lab hours = 2 credits5 lab hours = 3 credits6 lab hours = 3 credits

II Course Description Write several sentences about the importance of the course for the program and for the

proficiency In addition you can mention the position of the course in the program such as if it is a required or elective You can mention some basic knowledge or skills that such a course will provide students with and its importance for their major or jobs in the future

The course description is a brief explanation which will be printed in the catalog written

13

in phrases rather than complete sentences clearly identifying critical or key content areas Information about teaching methods procedures not directly related to course content are not included in the description

The catalog description must be limited to 30 words or fewer and should communicate clearly to students the basic content of the course Prerequisites and other qualifiers are not included in the limitation of 30 words or fewer

-

III Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the courseFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to each

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the

course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration

ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use

14

A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill

The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule

ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline

Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning

in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals

assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes

Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the

courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been

updated

either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program

15

since its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a new

technological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the

differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000)

may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy

at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains

of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand order

16

Match Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage reviseQuote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to1 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied2 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied

17

3 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and movements associated with them

4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 4 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics5 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques6 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each7 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items8 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis9 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes10 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 11 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive12 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities13 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 14 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing15 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 16 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option17 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing18 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects19 List and describe the use of editing commands20 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing21 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing22 Change the properties of selected objects23 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing24 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties25 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing26 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Description of the knowledge and Understanding of Subject to be acquired

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toDescription of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire

A1- A1-

18

A2- A2-A3-A4-

Description of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire [List the Learning Outcomes to be achieved from the course This should be a list of topics or areas of knowledge that students should know and understand when they complete the course

Course objectives must be aligned to the PILOs and other standards ]

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned ]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Teaching strategies to be used

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Methods of assessment of knowledge and Understanding

acquired Explain how acquisition of knowledge will be assessed [Insert your description and schedule of readings assignments tests and exams A

sample follows]Indicate the grading structure of the course and how students are evaluated

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Identify specific instructional methods and types of activities and assignments to be used by the teacher to facilitate student achievement of the stated learning outcomes - eg lectures demonstrations study of written audiovisual or other materials in-class discussions one-on-one conferences group work student presentations electronic chat activities Explicitly tying specific instructional methods andor assignments to specific student learning outcomes will help students to know what skills knowledge or understanding they are expected to work on gaining in and through each of the activities of the course It will also help them to understand what evidence of their achievement you will be examining in evaluating their work For

19

General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals ExamplemdashLectures tutorials and independent study assignments Introductory lecture gives an overview of the content and significance of the course and of its relationship to studentsrsquo existing knowledge Each subsequent lecture begins with a similar overview linking the particular content of the presentation to the general overview Tutorials review the content of each lecture and clarify any matters not understood Individual assignments require use of library reference material and web sites to identify information required to complete tasks

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain the standards on the basis of which studentsrsquo in-class work and assignments will be evaluated and show the relationship between each individually graded assignment and the calculation of the midterm and final grade for the course Since all work undertaken by students in a course should provide an opportunity for them to demonstrate their achievement of one or more of the stated learning outcomes both in-class and out-of-class assignment prompts and grading standards should be explicitly linked to and conceptually consistent with the learning outcomes For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and marker student learning outcomes See General Education Program learning goals The assessment section should be a brief listing of the minimum assessment tools required for use in the course as determined by the course instructor - Keep your learning outcomes in mind when developing assessments - Your intended learning outcomes should shape your assessment procedures - Select a variety of assessment procedures because these measure the extent to

which students have achieved the course learning outcomes- Your assessment rubrics or grading criteria should directly reflect key components

of your outcomes

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose

20

is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goalsassignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms

The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in

21

Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been updatedsince its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a newtechnological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000) may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilitiesThe description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand orderMatch Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage revise

22

Quote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to27 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied28 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied29 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and

movements associated with them 4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious

23

Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 30 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics31 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques32 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each33 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items34 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis35 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes36 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 37 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive38 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities39 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 40 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing41 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 42 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option43 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing44 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects45 List and describe the use of editing commands46 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing47 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing48 Change the properties of selected objects49 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing50 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties51 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing52 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the course students would be able to

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to develop

B1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-

24

B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to developAs a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list

should include both the use of analytic and predictive formulae and conceptual tools when asked to do sot and the ability to identify and use ones that are appropriate for new and unanticipated problems

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these

Intellectual skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

Explain techniques to be used to teach and encourage appropriate use of cognitive skills

ExamplemdashExplanations and examples given in lectures and practiced under supervision in tutorials and laboratory tasks Transfer of learning encouraged by use of analytical tools in different applications and through discussion of potential application in other areas Assignment tasks include some open ended tasks designed to apply predictive analytical and problem solving skills (Eg What would happen ifhelliphellip How couldhelliphelliphellip)

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain method of assessment for Intellectual skillsExamplemdashProblem solving questions carrying 50 of mark on tests given at the end of each topic

and on end of semester examination Group and individual assignments require application of analytical tools in problem solving tasks

(C) Professional and Practical Skills Description of Professional skills and capacity to carry responsibility to be developed

Mention the professional and practical skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course requirements

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

25

Professional and Practical Skills and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

List the objectives of this course for improving studentsrsquo interpersonal skills capacity for self directed learning and personal and social responsibility

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

(Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo interpersonal skills personal and social responsibility and capacity for independent learningExamplemdashOne group assignment in which 25 of assessment is based on individuals

contribution to the group task (Instructor meets with each group part way through project to discuss and advise on approach to the task) Two individual assignments requiring investigation using internet and library resources as a means of developing self study skills Role play exercise on controversial issue relevant to the course based on a case study with discussion in tutorial of appropriate responses and consequences to individuals involved

Explain how interpersonal skills and responsibility will be assessedExamplemdashAssessment of group assignment includes component for individual contribution

Capacity for independent study assessed in individual assignments

(D) General Transferable Skills

Description of the General Transferable skills to be developed in this domain such as Communication Information Technology and Numerical Skills

Mention all the transferable skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course and other courses in the program such as the ability to work in groups the ability to use IT the ability to write reports and so on

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skills

26

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in General Transferable skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Indicate the contribution of this course to students lsquocommunication IT and numerical skills Note that what is intended in this section is the development of generic skills for all students

rather than specialized studies relevant to a field of study that would be included under items a or b For example a course in history or philosophy might include some use of basic mathematical or statistical information and the use of ICT in searching for information and presenting reports A course in computer science might include the ability to present written reports that develop language ability

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in General and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo numerical and communication skills ExamplemdashStudent assignments require good standards of use of ICT Where standards

are inadequate the student is referred for special remedial instruction Student essay assignments require proper style and referencing format as specified in college style manual

Explain how numerical and communication skills will be assessed in this course

ExamplemdashTest questions require interpretation of simple statistical information Assessments of students assignment and project work include expectation of adequate use of numerical and communication skills Five percent of marks allocated for standard of presentation using ICT

27

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 10: Engineering Thermodynamics

Others (specify)

10

Instruction of ACourse Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

Approval date of course specification

Write the year in which the course specification has been Approval

I Course Identification and General Information

1Course Title Insert course title ndash use actual title from academic

catalogue

2

Course Number amp Code Insert the course number code number for the course

If it is not available Please leave blank course code will be obtained by the Academic Affairs Unit once a new course has been approved in principle at the relevant Academic Board

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut TrWrite the number of

Theo hours

Write the number of

Prac hours

Write the

number of

Tute hours

Write the

number of Field

Tr hours

Write the number of

credit hours for

the course

4Study levelyear at which this

course is offeredShow Study levelYear when the course is intended

to be taken Criteria for Upper amp Lower Division Courses

5

Pre ndashrequisite (if any) List all courses specified as prerequisites for this course

List any courses or other requirements that are prerequisites for enrolling in the course

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any) List any courses or other experiences that must

11

be taken concurrently with this course

7

Name of faculty member responsible for the course

insert the Name of faculty member responsible for the course

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for teaching and reporting on the delivery of a course that persons name should be given If a team of faculty teach the course and one person has been given coordinating responsibility that persons name should be shown If it is a new course for which an instructor has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8

Program (s) in which the course is offered

Write the name of the program in which the course is offered

A course may be offered in more than one program and a brief explanation may be needed to show how it relates to those programs As a guide if a course is an important component of several programs list these programs If it is used as a general skills course or a service course for a number of programs this should be noted and an indication given of the fields that are supported by it (A first year course in mathematics might be an example of this) If the course is a general elective which could be taken in many different programs this should be noted but those programs would not be listed

9Language of teaching the

courseWrite Language of teaching the course

10

Location of teaching the course

insert location name in which the course is offered

If the course is offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done

11 Prepared By

12 Approved By

Insert the number of credit hours for the course

CreditsCredit is a time-based andor competency-based quantitative measure assigned to courses or course equivalent learning Although certain exceptions are readily acknowledged the most generally acceptable determinants of credit seem to be student time or competency The basis for the ratio between student time and

12

student credit at CCC rests on the assumption that 45 hours of student effort in most educational settings will generate one hour of credit A course hour refers to 50-minute ldquohoursrdquoLecture and lab hours should be consistent with University discipline standards Most courses fit one of two patterns described below from the studentrsquos perspectiveLecture Course HourIn this educational setting the student spends 15 course hours in class per one credit and a presumption of 30 course-related hours out of class for a total of 45 hours Learning and instructional methods may varyLaboratory Course Hour For Transferrable Lab Credit a lab hour will be defined as one spent working actively to develop a skill whether applied or cognitive fundamental to the course content under the supervision of qualified facultyIn this educational setting the student spends 30 hours in class per one credit and a presumption of 15 course-related hours out of class for a total of 45 hours Learning and instructional methods may varyLecture and Lab hours are assigned credits as follows

Lecture and Lab hours are assigned credits as followsLecture 1 lecture hour = 1

creditLab 1 lab hour = 1

credit2 lab hours = 1 credit3 lab hours = 2 credits4 lab hours = 2 credits5 lab hours = 3 credits6 lab hours = 3 credits

II Course Description Write several sentences about the importance of the course for the program and for the

proficiency In addition you can mention the position of the course in the program such as if it is a required or elective You can mention some basic knowledge or skills that such a course will provide students with and its importance for their major or jobs in the future

The course description is a brief explanation which will be printed in the catalog written

13

in phrases rather than complete sentences clearly identifying critical or key content areas Information about teaching methods procedures not directly related to course content are not included in the description

The catalog description must be limited to 30 words or fewer and should communicate clearly to students the basic content of the course Prerequisites and other qualifiers are not included in the limitation of 30 words or fewer

-

III Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the courseFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to each

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the

course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration

ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use

14

A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill

The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule

ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline

Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning

in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals

assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes

Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the

courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been

updated

either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program

15

since its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a new

technological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the

differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000)

may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy

at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains

of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand order

16

Match Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage reviseQuote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to1 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied2 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied

17

3 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and movements associated with them

4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 4 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics5 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques6 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each7 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items8 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis9 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes10 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 11 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive12 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities13 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 14 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing15 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 16 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option17 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing18 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects19 List and describe the use of editing commands20 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing21 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing22 Change the properties of selected objects23 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing24 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties25 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing26 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Description of the knowledge and Understanding of Subject to be acquired

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toDescription of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire

A1- A1-

18

A2- A2-A3-A4-

Description of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire [List the Learning Outcomes to be achieved from the course This should be a list of topics or areas of knowledge that students should know and understand when they complete the course

Course objectives must be aligned to the PILOs and other standards ]

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned ]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Teaching strategies to be used

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Methods of assessment of knowledge and Understanding

acquired Explain how acquisition of knowledge will be assessed [Insert your description and schedule of readings assignments tests and exams A

sample follows]Indicate the grading structure of the course and how students are evaluated

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Identify specific instructional methods and types of activities and assignments to be used by the teacher to facilitate student achievement of the stated learning outcomes - eg lectures demonstrations study of written audiovisual or other materials in-class discussions one-on-one conferences group work student presentations electronic chat activities Explicitly tying specific instructional methods andor assignments to specific student learning outcomes will help students to know what skills knowledge or understanding they are expected to work on gaining in and through each of the activities of the course It will also help them to understand what evidence of their achievement you will be examining in evaluating their work For

19

General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals ExamplemdashLectures tutorials and independent study assignments Introductory lecture gives an overview of the content and significance of the course and of its relationship to studentsrsquo existing knowledge Each subsequent lecture begins with a similar overview linking the particular content of the presentation to the general overview Tutorials review the content of each lecture and clarify any matters not understood Individual assignments require use of library reference material and web sites to identify information required to complete tasks

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain the standards on the basis of which studentsrsquo in-class work and assignments will be evaluated and show the relationship between each individually graded assignment and the calculation of the midterm and final grade for the course Since all work undertaken by students in a course should provide an opportunity for them to demonstrate their achievement of one or more of the stated learning outcomes both in-class and out-of-class assignment prompts and grading standards should be explicitly linked to and conceptually consistent with the learning outcomes For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and marker student learning outcomes See General Education Program learning goals The assessment section should be a brief listing of the minimum assessment tools required for use in the course as determined by the course instructor - Keep your learning outcomes in mind when developing assessments - Your intended learning outcomes should shape your assessment procedures - Select a variety of assessment procedures because these measure the extent to

which students have achieved the course learning outcomes- Your assessment rubrics or grading criteria should directly reflect key components

of your outcomes

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose

20

is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goalsassignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms

The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in

21

Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been updatedsince its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a newtechnological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000) may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilitiesThe description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand orderMatch Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage revise

22

Quote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to27 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied28 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied29 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and

movements associated with them 4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious

23

Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 30 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics31 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques32 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each33 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items34 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis35 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes36 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 37 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive38 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities39 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 40 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing41 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 42 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option43 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing44 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects45 List and describe the use of editing commands46 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing47 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing48 Change the properties of selected objects49 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing50 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties51 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing52 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the course students would be able to

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to develop

B1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-

24

B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to developAs a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list

should include both the use of analytic and predictive formulae and conceptual tools when asked to do sot and the ability to identify and use ones that are appropriate for new and unanticipated problems

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these

Intellectual skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

Explain techniques to be used to teach and encourage appropriate use of cognitive skills

ExamplemdashExplanations and examples given in lectures and practiced under supervision in tutorials and laboratory tasks Transfer of learning encouraged by use of analytical tools in different applications and through discussion of potential application in other areas Assignment tasks include some open ended tasks designed to apply predictive analytical and problem solving skills (Eg What would happen ifhelliphellip How couldhelliphelliphellip)

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain method of assessment for Intellectual skillsExamplemdashProblem solving questions carrying 50 of mark on tests given at the end of each topic

and on end of semester examination Group and individual assignments require application of analytical tools in problem solving tasks

(C) Professional and Practical Skills Description of Professional skills and capacity to carry responsibility to be developed

Mention the professional and practical skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course requirements

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

25

Professional and Practical Skills and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

List the objectives of this course for improving studentsrsquo interpersonal skills capacity for self directed learning and personal and social responsibility

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

(Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo interpersonal skills personal and social responsibility and capacity for independent learningExamplemdashOne group assignment in which 25 of assessment is based on individuals

contribution to the group task (Instructor meets with each group part way through project to discuss and advise on approach to the task) Two individual assignments requiring investigation using internet and library resources as a means of developing self study skills Role play exercise on controversial issue relevant to the course based on a case study with discussion in tutorial of appropriate responses and consequences to individuals involved

Explain how interpersonal skills and responsibility will be assessedExamplemdashAssessment of group assignment includes component for individual contribution

Capacity for independent study assessed in individual assignments

(D) General Transferable Skills

Description of the General Transferable skills to be developed in this domain such as Communication Information Technology and Numerical Skills

Mention all the transferable skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course and other courses in the program such as the ability to work in groups the ability to use IT the ability to write reports and so on

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skills

26

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in General Transferable skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Indicate the contribution of this course to students lsquocommunication IT and numerical skills Note that what is intended in this section is the development of generic skills for all students

rather than specialized studies relevant to a field of study that would be included under items a or b For example a course in history or philosophy might include some use of basic mathematical or statistical information and the use of ICT in searching for information and presenting reports A course in computer science might include the ability to present written reports that develop language ability

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in General and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo numerical and communication skills ExamplemdashStudent assignments require good standards of use of ICT Where standards

are inadequate the student is referred for special remedial instruction Student essay assignments require proper style and referencing format as specified in college style manual

Explain how numerical and communication skills will be assessed in this course

ExamplemdashTest questions require interpretation of simple statistical information Assessments of students assignment and project work include expectation of adequate use of numerical and communication skills Five percent of marks allocated for standard of presentation using ICT

27

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 11: Engineering Thermodynamics

Instruction of ACourse Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

Approval date of course specification

Write the year in which the course specification has been Approval

I Course Identification and General Information

1Course Title Insert course title ndash use actual title from academic

catalogue

2

Course Number amp Code Insert the course number code number for the course

If it is not available Please leave blank course code will be obtained by the Academic Affairs Unit once a new course has been approved in principle at the relevant Academic Board

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut TrWrite the number of

Theo hours

Write the number of

Prac hours

Write the

number of

Tute hours

Write the

number of Field

Tr hours

Write the number of

credit hours for

the course

4Study levelyear at which this

course is offeredShow Study levelYear when the course is intended

to be taken Criteria for Upper amp Lower Division Courses

5

Pre ndashrequisite (if any) List all courses specified as prerequisites for this course

List any courses or other requirements that are prerequisites for enrolling in the course

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any) List any courses or other experiences that must

11

be taken concurrently with this course

7

Name of faculty member responsible for the course

insert the Name of faculty member responsible for the course

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for teaching and reporting on the delivery of a course that persons name should be given If a team of faculty teach the course and one person has been given coordinating responsibility that persons name should be shown If it is a new course for which an instructor has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8

Program (s) in which the course is offered

Write the name of the program in which the course is offered

A course may be offered in more than one program and a brief explanation may be needed to show how it relates to those programs As a guide if a course is an important component of several programs list these programs If it is used as a general skills course or a service course for a number of programs this should be noted and an indication given of the fields that are supported by it (A first year course in mathematics might be an example of this) If the course is a general elective which could be taken in many different programs this should be noted but those programs would not be listed

9Language of teaching the

courseWrite Language of teaching the course

10

Location of teaching the course

insert location name in which the course is offered

If the course is offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done

11 Prepared By

12 Approved By

Insert the number of credit hours for the course

CreditsCredit is a time-based andor competency-based quantitative measure assigned to courses or course equivalent learning Although certain exceptions are readily acknowledged the most generally acceptable determinants of credit seem to be student time or competency The basis for the ratio between student time and

12

student credit at CCC rests on the assumption that 45 hours of student effort in most educational settings will generate one hour of credit A course hour refers to 50-minute ldquohoursrdquoLecture and lab hours should be consistent with University discipline standards Most courses fit one of two patterns described below from the studentrsquos perspectiveLecture Course HourIn this educational setting the student spends 15 course hours in class per one credit and a presumption of 30 course-related hours out of class for a total of 45 hours Learning and instructional methods may varyLaboratory Course Hour For Transferrable Lab Credit a lab hour will be defined as one spent working actively to develop a skill whether applied or cognitive fundamental to the course content under the supervision of qualified facultyIn this educational setting the student spends 30 hours in class per one credit and a presumption of 15 course-related hours out of class for a total of 45 hours Learning and instructional methods may varyLecture and Lab hours are assigned credits as follows

Lecture and Lab hours are assigned credits as followsLecture 1 lecture hour = 1

creditLab 1 lab hour = 1

credit2 lab hours = 1 credit3 lab hours = 2 credits4 lab hours = 2 credits5 lab hours = 3 credits6 lab hours = 3 credits

II Course Description Write several sentences about the importance of the course for the program and for the

proficiency In addition you can mention the position of the course in the program such as if it is a required or elective You can mention some basic knowledge or skills that such a course will provide students with and its importance for their major or jobs in the future

The course description is a brief explanation which will be printed in the catalog written

13

in phrases rather than complete sentences clearly identifying critical or key content areas Information about teaching methods procedures not directly related to course content are not included in the description

The catalog description must be limited to 30 words or fewer and should communicate clearly to students the basic content of the course Prerequisites and other qualifiers are not included in the limitation of 30 words or fewer

-

III Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the courseFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to each

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the

course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration

ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use

14

A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill

The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule

ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline

Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning

in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals

assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes

Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the

courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been

updated

either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program

15

since its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a new

technological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the

differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000)

may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy

at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains

of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand order

16

Match Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage reviseQuote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to1 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied2 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied

17

3 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and movements associated with them

4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 4 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics5 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques6 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each7 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items8 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis9 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes10 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 11 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive12 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities13 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 14 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing15 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 16 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option17 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing18 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects19 List and describe the use of editing commands20 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing21 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing22 Change the properties of selected objects23 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing24 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties25 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing26 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Description of the knowledge and Understanding of Subject to be acquired

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toDescription of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire

A1- A1-

18

A2- A2-A3-A4-

Description of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire [List the Learning Outcomes to be achieved from the course This should be a list of topics or areas of knowledge that students should know and understand when they complete the course

Course objectives must be aligned to the PILOs and other standards ]

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned ]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Teaching strategies to be used

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Methods of assessment of knowledge and Understanding

acquired Explain how acquisition of knowledge will be assessed [Insert your description and schedule of readings assignments tests and exams A

sample follows]Indicate the grading structure of the course and how students are evaluated

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Identify specific instructional methods and types of activities and assignments to be used by the teacher to facilitate student achievement of the stated learning outcomes - eg lectures demonstrations study of written audiovisual or other materials in-class discussions one-on-one conferences group work student presentations electronic chat activities Explicitly tying specific instructional methods andor assignments to specific student learning outcomes will help students to know what skills knowledge or understanding they are expected to work on gaining in and through each of the activities of the course It will also help them to understand what evidence of their achievement you will be examining in evaluating their work For

19

General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals ExamplemdashLectures tutorials and independent study assignments Introductory lecture gives an overview of the content and significance of the course and of its relationship to studentsrsquo existing knowledge Each subsequent lecture begins with a similar overview linking the particular content of the presentation to the general overview Tutorials review the content of each lecture and clarify any matters not understood Individual assignments require use of library reference material and web sites to identify information required to complete tasks

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain the standards on the basis of which studentsrsquo in-class work and assignments will be evaluated and show the relationship between each individually graded assignment and the calculation of the midterm and final grade for the course Since all work undertaken by students in a course should provide an opportunity for them to demonstrate their achievement of one or more of the stated learning outcomes both in-class and out-of-class assignment prompts and grading standards should be explicitly linked to and conceptually consistent with the learning outcomes For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and marker student learning outcomes See General Education Program learning goals The assessment section should be a brief listing of the minimum assessment tools required for use in the course as determined by the course instructor - Keep your learning outcomes in mind when developing assessments - Your intended learning outcomes should shape your assessment procedures - Select a variety of assessment procedures because these measure the extent to

which students have achieved the course learning outcomes- Your assessment rubrics or grading criteria should directly reflect key components

of your outcomes

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose

20

is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goalsassignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms

The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in

21

Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been updatedsince its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a newtechnological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000) may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilitiesThe description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand orderMatch Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage revise

22

Quote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to27 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied28 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied29 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and

movements associated with them 4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious

23

Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 30 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics31 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques32 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each33 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items34 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis35 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes36 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 37 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive38 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities39 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 40 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing41 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 42 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option43 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing44 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects45 List and describe the use of editing commands46 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing47 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing48 Change the properties of selected objects49 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing50 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties51 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing52 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the course students would be able to

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to develop

B1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-

24

B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to developAs a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list

should include both the use of analytic and predictive formulae and conceptual tools when asked to do sot and the ability to identify and use ones that are appropriate for new and unanticipated problems

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these

Intellectual skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

Explain techniques to be used to teach and encourage appropriate use of cognitive skills

ExamplemdashExplanations and examples given in lectures and practiced under supervision in tutorials and laboratory tasks Transfer of learning encouraged by use of analytical tools in different applications and through discussion of potential application in other areas Assignment tasks include some open ended tasks designed to apply predictive analytical and problem solving skills (Eg What would happen ifhelliphellip How couldhelliphelliphellip)

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain method of assessment for Intellectual skillsExamplemdashProblem solving questions carrying 50 of mark on tests given at the end of each topic

and on end of semester examination Group and individual assignments require application of analytical tools in problem solving tasks

(C) Professional and Practical Skills Description of Professional skills and capacity to carry responsibility to be developed

Mention the professional and practical skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course requirements

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

25

Professional and Practical Skills and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

List the objectives of this course for improving studentsrsquo interpersonal skills capacity for self directed learning and personal and social responsibility

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

(Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo interpersonal skills personal and social responsibility and capacity for independent learningExamplemdashOne group assignment in which 25 of assessment is based on individuals

contribution to the group task (Instructor meets with each group part way through project to discuss and advise on approach to the task) Two individual assignments requiring investigation using internet and library resources as a means of developing self study skills Role play exercise on controversial issue relevant to the course based on a case study with discussion in tutorial of appropriate responses and consequences to individuals involved

Explain how interpersonal skills and responsibility will be assessedExamplemdashAssessment of group assignment includes component for individual contribution

Capacity for independent study assessed in individual assignments

(D) General Transferable Skills

Description of the General Transferable skills to be developed in this domain such as Communication Information Technology and Numerical Skills

Mention all the transferable skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course and other courses in the program such as the ability to work in groups the ability to use IT the ability to write reports and so on

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skills

26

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in General Transferable skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Indicate the contribution of this course to students lsquocommunication IT and numerical skills Note that what is intended in this section is the development of generic skills for all students

rather than specialized studies relevant to a field of study that would be included under items a or b For example a course in history or philosophy might include some use of basic mathematical or statistical information and the use of ICT in searching for information and presenting reports A course in computer science might include the ability to present written reports that develop language ability

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in General and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo numerical and communication skills ExamplemdashStudent assignments require good standards of use of ICT Where standards

are inadequate the student is referred for special remedial instruction Student essay assignments require proper style and referencing format as specified in college style manual

Explain how numerical and communication skills will be assessed in this course

ExamplemdashTest questions require interpretation of simple statistical information Assessments of students assignment and project work include expectation of adequate use of numerical and communication skills Five percent of marks allocated for standard of presentation using ICT

27

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 12: Engineering Thermodynamics

be taken concurrently with this course

7

Name of faculty member responsible for the course

insert the Name of faculty member responsible for the course

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for teaching and reporting on the delivery of a course that persons name should be given If a team of faculty teach the course and one person has been given coordinating responsibility that persons name should be shown If it is a new course for which an instructor has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8

Program (s) in which the course is offered

Write the name of the program in which the course is offered

A course may be offered in more than one program and a brief explanation may be needed to show how it relates to those programs As a guide if a course is an important component of several programs list these programs If it is used as a general skills course or a service course for a number of programs this should be noted and an indication given of the fields that are supported by it (A first year course in mathematics might be an example of this) If the course is a general elective which could be taken in many different programs this should be noted but those programs would not be listed

9Language of teaching the

courseWrite Language of teaching the course

10

Location of teaching the course

insert location name in which the course is offered

If the course is offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done

11 Prepared By

12 Approved By

Insert the number of credit hours for the course

CreditsCredit is a time-based andor competency-based quantitative measure assigned to courses or course equivalent learning Although certain exceptions are readily acknowledged the most generally acceptable determinants of credit seem to be student time or competency The basis for the ratio between student time and

12

student credit at CCC rests on the assumption that 45 hours of student effort in most educational settings will generate one hour of credit A course hour refers to 50-minute ldquohoursrdquoLecture and lab hours should be consistent with University discipline standards Most courses fit one of two patterns described below from the studentrsquos perspectiveLecture Course HourIn this educational setting the student spends 15 course hours in class per one credit and a presumption of 30 course-related hours out of class for a total of 45 hours Learning and instructional methods may varyLaboratory Course Hour For Transferrable Lab Credit a lab hour will be defined as one spent working actively to develop a skill whether applied or cognitive fundamental to the course content under the supervision of qualified facultyIn this educational setting the student spends 30 hours in class per one credit and a presumption of 15 course-related hours out of class for a total of 45 hours Learning and instructional methods may varyLecture and Lab hours are assigned credits as follows

Lecture and Lab hours are assigned credits as followsLecture 1 lecture hour = 1

creditLab 1 lab hour = 1

credit2 lab hours = 1 credit3 lab hours = 2 credits4 lab hours = 2 credits5 lab hours = 3 credits6 lab hours = 3 credits

II Course Description Write several sentences about the importance of the course for the program and for the

proficiency In addition you can mention the position of the course in the program such as if it is a required or elective You can mention some basic knowledge or skills that such a course will provide students with and its importance for their major or jobs in the future

The course description is a brief explanation which will be printed in the catalog written

13

in phrases rather than complete sentences clearly identifying critical or key content areas Information about teaching methods procedures not directly related to course content are not included in the description

The catalog description must be limited to 30 words or fewer and should communicate clearly to students the basic content of the course Prerequisites and other qualifiers are not included in the limitation of 30 words or fewer

-

III Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the courseFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to each

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the

course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration

ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use

14

A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill

The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule

ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline

Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning

in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals

assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes

Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the

courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been

updated

either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program

15

since its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a new

technological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the

differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000)

may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy

at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains

of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand order

16

Match Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage reviseQuote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to1 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied2 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied

17

3 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and movements associated with them

4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 4 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics5 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques6 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each7 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items8 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis9 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes10 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 11 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive12 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities13 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 14 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing15 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 16 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option17 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing18 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects19 List and describe the use of editing commands20 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing21 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing22 Change the properties of selected objects23 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing24 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties25 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing26 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Description of the knowledge and Understanding of Subject to be acquired

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toDescription of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire

A1- A1-

18

A2- A2-A3-A4-

Description of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire [List the Learning Outcomes to be achieved from the course This should be a list of topics or areas of knowledge that students should know and understand when they complete the course

Course objectives must be aligned to the PILOs and other standards ]

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned ]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Teaching strategies to be used

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Methods of assessment of knowledge and Understanding

acquired Explain how acquisition of knowledge will be assessed [Insert your description and schedule of readings assignments tests and exams A

sample follows]Indicate the grading structure of the course and how students are evaluated

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Identify specific instructional methods and types of activities and assignments to be used by the teacher to facilitate student achievement of the stated learning outcomes - eg lectures demonstrations study of written audiovisual or other materials in-class discussions one-on-one conferences group work student presentations electronic chat activities Explicitly tying specific instructional methods andor assignments to specific student learning outcomes will help students to know what skills knowledge or understanding they are expected to work on gaining in and through each of the activities of the course It will also help them to understand what evidence of their achievement you will be examining in evaluating their work For

19

General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals ExamplemdashLectures tutorials and independent study assignments Introductory lecture gives an overview of the content and significance of the course and of its relationship to studentsrsquo existing knowledge Each subsequent lecture begins with a similar overview linking the particular content of the presentation to the general overview Tutorials review the content of each lecture and clarify any matters not understood Individual assignments require use of library reference material and web sites to identify information required to complete tasks

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain the standards on the basis of which studentsrsquo in-class work and assignments will be evaluated and show the relationship between each individually graded assignment and the calculation of the midterm and final grade for the course Since all work undertaken by students in a course should provide an opportunity for them to demonstrate their achievement of one or more of the stated learning outcomes both in-class and out-of-class assignment prompts and grading standards should be explicitly linked to and conceptually consistent with the learning outcomes For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and marker student learning outcomes See General Education Program learning goals The assessment section should be a brief listing of the minimum assessment tools required for use in the course as determined by the course instructor - Keep your learning outcomes in mind when developing assessments - Your intended learning outcomes should shape your assessment procedures - Select a variety of assessment procedures because these measure the extent to

which students have achieved the course learning outcomes- Your assessment rubrics or grading criteria should directly reflect key components

of your outcomes

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose

20

is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goalsassignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms

The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in

21

Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been updatedsince its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a newtechnological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000) may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilitiesThe description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand orderMatch Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage revise

22

Quote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to27 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied28 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied29 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and

movements associated with them 4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious

23

Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 30 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics31 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques32 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each33 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items34 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis35 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes36 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 37 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive38 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities39 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 40 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing41 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 42 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option43 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing44 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects45 List and describe the use of editing commands46 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing47 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing48 Change the properties of selected objects49 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing50 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties51 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing52 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the course students would be able to

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to develop

B1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-

24

B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to developAs a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list

should include both the use of analytic and predictive formulae and conceptual tools when asked to do sot and the ability to identify and use ones that are appropriate for new and unanticipated problems

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these

Intellectual skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

Explain techniques to be used to teach and encourage appropriate use of cognitive skills

ExamplemdashExplanations and examples given in lectures and practiced under supervision in tutorials and laboratory tasks Transfer of learning encouraged by use of analytical tools in different applications and through discussion of potential application in other areas Assignment tasks include some open ended tasks designed to apply predictive analytical and problem solving skills (Eg What would happen ifhelliphellip How couldhelliphelliphellip)

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain method of assessment for Intellectual skillsExamplemdashProblem solving questions carrying 50 of mark on tests given at the end of each topic

and on end of semester examination Group and individual assignments require application of analytical tools in problem solving tasks

(C) Professional and Practical Skills Description of Professional skills and capacity to carry responsibility to be developed

Mention the professional and practical skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course requirements

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

25

Professional and Practical Skills and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

List the objectives of this course for improving studentsrsquo interpersonal skills capacity for self directed learning and personal and social responsibility

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

(Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo interpersonal skills personal and social responsibility and capacity for independent learningExamplemdashOne group assignment in which 25 of assessment is based on individuals

contribution to the group task (Instructor meets with each group part way through project to discuss and advise on approach to the task) Two individual assignments requiring investigation using internet and library resources as a means of developing self study skills Role play exercise on controversial issue relevant to the course based on a case study with discussion in tutorial of appropriate responses and consequences to individuals involved

Explain how interpersonal skills and responsibility will be assessedExamplemdashAssessment of group assignment includes component for individual contribution

Capacity for independent study assessed in individual assignments

(D) General Transferable Skills

Description of the General Transferable skills to be developed in this domain such as Communication Information Technology and Numerical Skills

Mention all the transferable skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course and other courses in the program such as the ability to work in groups the ability to use IT the ability to write reports and so on

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skills

26

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in General Transferable skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Indicate the contribution of this course to students lsquocommunication IT and numerical skills Note that what is intended in this section is the development of generic skills for all students

rather than specialized studies relevant to a field of study that would be included under items a or b For example a course in history or philosophy might include some use of basic mathematical or statistical information and the use of ICT in searching for information and presenting reports A course in computer science might include the ability to present written reports that develop language ability

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in General and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo numerical and communication skills ExamplemdashStudent assignments require good standards of use of ICT Where standards

are inadequate the student is referred for special remedial instruction Student essay assignments require proper style and referencing format as specified in college style manual

Explain how numerical and communication skills will be assessed in this course

ExamplemdashTest questions require interpretation of simple statistical information Assessments of students assignment and project work include expectation of adequate use of numerical and communication skills Five percent of marks allocated for standard of presentation using ICT

27

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 13: Engineering Thermodynamics

student credit at CCC rests on the assumption that 45 hours of student effort in most educational settings will generate one hour of credit A course hour refers to 50-minute ldquohoursrdquoLecture and lab hours should be consistent with University discipline standards Most courses fit one of two patterns described below from the studentrsquos perspectiveLecture Course HourIn this educational setting the student spends 15 course hours in class per one credit and a presumption of 30 course-related hours out of class for a total of 45 hours Learning and instructional methods may varyLaboratory Course Hour For Transferrable Lab Credit a lab hour will be defined as one spent working actively to develop a skill whether applied or cognitive fundamental to the course content under the supervision of qualified facultyIn this educational setting the student spends 30 hours in class per one credit and a presumption of 15 course-related hours out of class for a total of 45 hours Learning and instructional methods may varyLecture and Lab hours are assigned credits as follows

Lecture and Lab hours are assigned credits as followsLecture 1 lecture hour = 1

creditLab 1 lab hour = 1

credit2 lab hours = 1 credit3 lab hours = 2 credits4 lab hours = 2 credits5 lab hours = 3 credits6 lab hours = 3 credits

II Course Description Write several sentences about the importance of the course for the program and for the

proficiency In addition you can mention the position of the course in the program such as if it is a required or elective You can mention some basic knowledge or skills that such a course will provide students with and its importance for their major or jobs in the future

The course description is a brief explanation which will be printed in the catalog written

13

in phrases rather than complete sentences clearly identifying critical or key content areas Information about teaching methods procedures not directly related to course content are not included in the description

The catalog description must be limited to 30 words or fewer and should communicate clearly to students the basic content of the course Prerequisites and other qualifiers are not included in the limitation of 30 words or fewer

-

III Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the courseFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to each

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the

course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration

ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use

14

A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill

The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule

ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline

Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning

in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals

assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes

Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the

courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been

updated

either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program

15

since its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a new

technological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the

differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000)

may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy

at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains

of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand order

16

Match Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage reviseQuote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to1 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied2 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied

17

3 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and movements associated with them

4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 4 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics5 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques6 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each7 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items8 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis9 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes10 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 11 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive12 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities13 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 14 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing15 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 16 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option17 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing18 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects19 List and describe the use of editing commands20 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing21 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing22 Change the properties of selected objects23 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing24 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties25 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing26 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Description of the knowledge and Understanding of Subject to be acquired

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toDescription of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire

A1- A1-

18

A2- A2-A3-A4-

Description of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire [List the Learning Outcomes to be achieved from the course This should be a list of topics or areas of knowledge that students should know and understand when they complete the course

Course objectives must be aligned to the PILOs and other standards ]

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned ]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Teaching strategies to be used

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Methods of assessment of knowledge and Understanding

acquired Explain how acquisition of knowledge will be assessed [Insert your description and schedule of readings assignments tests and exams A

sample follows]Indicate the grading structure of the course and how students are evaluated

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Identify specific instructional methods and types of activities and assignments to be used by the teacher to facilitate student achievement of the stated learning outcomes - eg lectures demonstrations study of written audiovisual or other materials in-class discussions one-on-one conferences group work student presentations electronic chat activities Explicitly tying specific instructional methods andor assignments to specific student learning outcomes will help students to know what skills knowledge or understanding they are expected to work on gaining in and through each of the activities of the course It will also help them to understand what evidence of their achievement you will be examining in evaluating their work For

19

General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals ExamplemdashLectures tutorials and independent study assignments Introductory lecture gives an overview of the content and significance of the course and of its relationship to studentsrsquo existing knowledge Each subsequent lecture begins with a similar overview linking the particular content of the presentation to the general overview Tutorials review the content of each lecture and clarify any matters not understood Individual assignments require use of library reference material and web sites to identify information required to complete tasks

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain the standards on the basis of which studentsrsquo in-class work and assignments will be evaluated and show the relationship between each individually graded assignment and the calculation of the midterm and final grade for the course Since all work undertaken by students in a course should provide an opportunity for them to demonstrate their achievement of one or more of the stated learning outcomes both in-class and out-of-class assignment prompts and grading standards should be explicitly linked to and conceptually consistent with the learning outcomes For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and marker student learning outcomes See General Education Program learning goals The assessment section should be a brief listing of the minimum assessment tools required for use in the course as determined by the course instructor - Keep your learning outcomes in mind when developing assessments - Your intended learning outcomes should shape your assessment procedures - Select a variety of assessment procedures because these measure the extent to

which students have achieved the course learning outcomes- Your assessment rubrics or grading criteria should directly reflect key components

of your outcomes

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose

20

is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goalsassignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms

The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in

21

Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been updatedsince its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a newtechnological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000) may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilitiesThe description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand orderMatch Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage revise

22

Quote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to27 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied28 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied29 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and

movements associated with them 4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious

23

Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 30 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics31 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques32 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each33 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items34 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis35 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes36 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 37 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive38 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities39 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 40 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing41 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 42 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option43 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing44 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects45 List and describe the use of editing commands46 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing47 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing48 Change the properties of selected objects49 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing50 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties51 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing52 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the course students would be able to

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to develop

B1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-

24

B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to developAs a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list

should include both the use of analytic and predictive formulae and conceptual tools when asked to do sot and the ability to identify and use ones that are appropriate for new and unanticipated problems

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these

Intellectual skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

Explain techniques to be used to teach and encourage appropriate use of cognitive skills

ExamplemdashExplanations and examples given in lectures and practiced under supervision in tutorials and laboratory tasks Transfer of learning encouraged by use of analytical tools in different applications and through discussion of potential application in other areas Assignment tasks include some open ended tasks designed to apply predictive analytical and problem solving skills (Eg What would happen ifhelliphellip How couldhelliphelliphellip)

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain method of assessment for Intellectual skillsExamplemdashProblem solving questions carrying 50 of mark on tests given at the end of each topic

and on end of semester examination Group and individual assignments require application of analytical tools in problem solving tasks

(C) Professional and Practical Skills Description of Professional skills and capacity to carry responsibility to be developed

Mention the professional and practical skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course requirements

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

25

Professional and Practical Skills and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

List the objectives of this course for improving studentsrsquo interpersonal skills capacity for self directed learning and personal and social responsibility

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

(Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo interpersonal skills personal and social responsibility and capacity for independent learningExamplemdashOne group assignment in which 25 of assessment is based on individuals

contribution to the group task (Instructor meets with each group part way through project to discuss and advise on approach to the task) Two individual assignments requiring investigation using internet and library resources as a means of developing self study skills Role play exercise on controversial issue relevant to the course based on a case study with discussion in tutorial of appropriate responses and consequences to individuals involved

Explain how interpersonal skills and responsibility will be assessedExamplemdashAssessment of group assignment includes component for individual contribution

Capacity for independent study assessed in individual assignments

(D) General Transferable Skills

Description of the General Transferable skills to be developed in this domain such as Communication Information Technology and Numerical Skills

Mention all the transferable skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course and other courses in the program such as the ability to work in groups the ability to use IT the ability to write reports and so on

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skills

26

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in General Transferable skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Indicate the contribution of this course to students lsquocommunication IT and numerical skills Note that what is intended in this section is the development of generic skills for all students

rather than specialized studies relevant to a field of study that would be included under items a or b For example a course in history or philosophy might include some use of basic mathematical or statistical information and the use of ICT in searching for information and presenting reports A course in computer science might include the ability to present written reports that develop language ability

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in General and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo numerical and communication skills ExamplemdashStudent assignments require good standards of use of ICT Where standards

are inadequate the student is referred for special remedial instruction Student essay assignments require proper style and referencing format as specified in college style manual

Explain how numerical and communication skills will be assessed in this course

ExamplemdashTest questions require interpretation of simple statistical information Assessments of students assignment and project work include expectation of adequate use of numerical and communication skills Five percent of marks allocated for standard of presentation using ICT

27

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 14: Engineering Thermodynamics

in phrases rather than complete sentences clearly identifying critical or key content areas Information about teaching methods procedures not directly related to course content are not included in the description

The catalog description must be limited to 30 words or fewer and should communicate clearly to students the basic content of the course Prerequisites and other qualifiers are not included in the limitation of 30 words or fewer

-

III Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the courseFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to each

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the

course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration

ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use

14

A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill

The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule

ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline

Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning

in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals

assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes

Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the

courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been

updated

either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program

15

since its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a new

technological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the

differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000)

may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy

at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains

of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand order

16

Match Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage reviseQuote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to1 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied2 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied

17

3 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and movements associated with them

4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 4 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics5 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques6 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each7 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items8 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis9 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes10 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 11 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive12 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities13 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 14 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing15 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 16 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option17 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing18 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects19 List and describe the use of editing commands20 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing21 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing22 Change the properties of selected objects23 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing24 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties25 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing26 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Description of the knowledge and Understanding of Subject to be acquired

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toDescription of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire

A1- A1-

18

A2- A2-A3-A4-

Description of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire [List the Learning Outcomes to be achieved from the course This should be a list of topics or areas of knowledge that students should know and understand when they complete the course

Course objectives must be aligned to the PILOs and other standards ]

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned ]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Teaching strategies to be used

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Methods of assessment of knowledge and Understanding

acquired Explain how acquisition of knowledge will be assessed [Insert your description and schedule of readings assignments tests and exams A

sample follows]Indicate the grading structure of the course and how students are evaluated

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Identify specific instructional methods and types of activities and assignments to be used by the teacher to facilitate student achievement of the stated learning outcomes - eg lectures demonstrations study of written audiovisual or other materials in-class discussions one-on-one conferences group work student presentations electronic chat activities Explicitly tying specific instructional methods andor assignments to specific student learning outcomes will help students to know what skills knowledge or understanding they are expected to work on gaining in and through each of the activities of the course It will also help them to understand what evidence of their achievement you will be examining in evaluating their work For

19

General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals ExamplemdashLectures tutorials and independent study assignments Introductory lecture gives an overview of the content and significance of the course and of its relationship to studentsrsquo existing knowledge Each subsequent lecture begins with a similar overview linking the particular content of the presentation to the general overview Tutorials review the content of each lecture and clarify any matters not understood Individual assignments require use of library reference material and web sites to identify information required to complete tasks

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain the standards on the basis of which studentsrsquo in-class work and assignments will be evaluated and show the relationship between each individually graded assignment and the calculation of the midterm and final grade for the course Since all work undertaken by students in a course should provide an opportunity for them to demonstrate their achievement of one or more of the stated learning outcomes both in-class and out-of-class assignment prompts and grading standards should be explicitly linked to and conceptually consistent with the learning outcomes For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and marker student learning outcomes See General Education Program learning goals The assessment section should be a brief listing of the minimum assessment tools required for use in the course as determined by the course instructor - Keep your learning outcomes in mind when developing assessments - Your intended learning outcomes should shape your assessment procedures - Select a variety of assessment procedures because these measure the extent to

which students have achieved the course learning outcomes- Your assessment rubrics or grading criteria should directly reflect key components

of your outcomes

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose

20

is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goalsassignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms

The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in

21

Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been updatedsince its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a newtechnological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000) may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilitiesThe description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand orderMatch Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage revise

22

Quote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to27 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied28 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied29 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and

movements associated with them 4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious

23

Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 30 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics31 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques32 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each33 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items34 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis35 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes36 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 37 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive38 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities39 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 40 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing41 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 42 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option43 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing44 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects45 List and describe the use of editing commands46 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing47 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing48 Change the properties of selected objects49 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing50 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties51 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing52 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the course students would be able to

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to develop

B1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-

24

B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to developAs a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list

should include both the use of analytic and predictive formulae and conceptual tools when asked to do sot and the ability to identify and use ones that are appropriate for new and unanticipated problems

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these

Intellectual skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

Explain techniques to be used to teach and encourage appropriate use of cognitive skills

ExamplemdashExplanations and examples given in lectures and practiced under supervision in tutorials and laboratory tasks Transfer of learning encouraged by use of analytical tools in different applications and through discussion of potential application in other areas Assignment tasks include some open ended tasks designed to apply predictive analytical and problem solving skills (Eg What would happen ifhelliphellip How couldhelliphelliphellip)

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain method of assessment for Intellectual skillsExamplemdashProblem solving questions carrying 50 of mark on tests given at the end of each topic

and on end of semester examination Group and individual assignments require application of analytical tools in problem solving tasks

(C) Professional and Practical Skills Description of Professional skills and capacity to carry responsibility to be developed

Mention the professional and practical skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course requirements

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

25

Professional and Practical Skills and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

List the objectives of this course for improving studentsrsquo interpersonal skills capacity for self directed learning and personal and social responsibility

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

(Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo interpersonal skills personal and social responsibility and capacity for independent learningExamplemdashOne group assignment in which 25 of assessment is based on individuals

contribution to the group task (Instructor meets with each group part way through project to discuss and advise on approach to the task) Two individual assignments requiring investigation using internet and library resources as a means of developing self study skills Role play exercise on controversial issue relevant to the course based on a case study with discussion in tutorial of appropriate responses and consequences to individuals involved

Explain how interpersonal skills and responsibility will be assessedExamplemdashAssessment of group assignment includes component for individual contribution

Capacity for independent study assessed in individual assignments

(D) General Transferable Skills

Description of the General Transferable skills to be developed in this domain such as Communication Information Technology and Numerical Skills

Mention all the transferable skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course and other courses in the program such as the ability to work in groups the ability to use IT the ability to write reports and so on

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skills

26

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in General Transferable skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Indicate the contribution of this course to students lsquocommunication IT and numerical skills Note that what is intended in this section is the development of generic skills for all students

rather than specialized studies relevant to a field of study that would be included under items a or b For example a course in history or philosophy might include some use of basic mathematical or statistical information and the use of ICT in searching for information and presenting reports A course in computer science might include the ability to present written reports that develop language ability

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in General and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo numerical and communication skills ExamplemdashStudent assignments require good standards of use of ICT Where standards

are inadequate the student is referred for special remedial instruction Student essay assignments require proper style and referencing format as specified in college style manual

Explain how numerical and communication skills will be assessed in this course

ExamplemdashTest questions require interpretation of simple statistical information Assessments of students assignment and project work include expectation of adequate use of numerical and communication skills Five percent of marks allocated for standard of presentation using ICT

27

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 15: Engineering Thermodynamics

A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill

The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule

ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline

Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning

in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals

assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes

Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the

courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been

updated

either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program

15

since its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a new

technological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the

differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000)

may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy

at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains

of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand order

16

Match Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage reviseQuote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to1 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied2 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied

17

3 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and movements associated with them

4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 4 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics5 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques6 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each7 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items8 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis9 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes10 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 11 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive12 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities13 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 14 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing15 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 16 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option17 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing18 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects19 List and describe the use of editing commands20 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing21 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing22 Change the properties of selected objects23 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing24 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties25 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing26 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Description of the knowledge and Understanding of Subject to be acquired

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toDescription of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire

A1- A1-

18

A2- A2-A3-A4-

Description of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire [List the Learning Outcomes to be achieved from the course This should be a list of topics or areas of knowledge that students should know and understand when they complete the course

Course objectives must be aligned to the PILOs and other standards ]

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned ]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Teaching strategies to be used

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Methods of assessment of knowledge and Understanding

acquired Explain how acquisition of knowledge will be assessed [Insert your description and schedule of readings assignments tests and exams A

sample follows]Indicate the grading structure of the course and how students are evaluated

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Identify specific instructional methods and types of activities and assignments to be used by the teacher to facilitate student achievement of the stated learning outcomes - eg lectures demonstrations study of written audiovisual or other materials in-class discussions one-on-one conferences group work student presentations electronic chat activities Explicitly tying specific instructional methods andor assignments to specific student learning outcomes will help students to know what skills knowledge or understanding they are expected to work on gaining in and through each of the activities of the course It will also help them to understand what evidence of their achievement you will be examining in evaluating their work For

19

General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals ExamplemdashLectures tutorials and independent study assignments Introductory lecture gives an overview of the content and significance of the course and of its relationship to studentsrsquo existing knowledge Each subsequent lecture begins with a similar overview linking the particular content of the presentation to the general overview Tutorials review the content of each lecture and clarify any matters not understood Individual assignments require use of library reference material and web sites to identify information required to complete tasks

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain the standards on the basis of which studentsrsquo in-class work and assignments will be evaluated and show the relationship between each individually graded assignment and the calculation of the midterm and final grade for the course Since all work undertaken by students in a course should provide an opportunity for them to demonstrate their achievement of one or more of the stated learning outcomes both in-class and out-of-class assignment prompts and grading standards should be explicitly linked to and conceptually consistent with the learning outcomes For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and marker student learning outcomes See General Education Program learning goals The assessment section should be a brief listing of the minimum assessment tools required for use in the course as determined by the course instructor - Keep your learning outcomes in mind when developing assessments - Your intended learning outcomes should shape your assessment procedures - Select a variety of assessment procedures because these measure the extent to

which students have achieved the course learning outcomes- Your assessment rubrics or grading criteria should directly reflect key components

of your outcomes

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose

20

is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goalsassignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms

The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in

21

Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been updatedsince its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a newtechnological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000) may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilitiesThe description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand orderMatch Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage revise

22

Quote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to27 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied28 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied29 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and

movements associated with them 4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious

23

Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 30 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics31 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques32 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each33 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items34 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis35 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes36 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 37 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive38 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities39 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 40 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing41 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 42 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option43 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing44 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects45 List and describe the use of editing commands46 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing47 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing48 Change the properties of selected objects49 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing50 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties51 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing52 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the course students would be able to

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to develop

B1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-

24

B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to developAs a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list

should include both the use of analytic and predictive formulae and conceptual tools when asked to do sot and the ability to identify and use ones that are appropriate for new and unanticipated problems

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these

Intellectual skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

Explain techniques to be used to teach and encourage appropriate use of cognitive skills

ExamplemdashExplanations and examples given in lectures and practiced under supervision in tutorials and laboratory tasks Transfer of learning encouraged by use of analytical tools in different applications and through discussion of potential application in other areas Assignment tasks include some open ended tasks designed to apply predictive analytical and problem solving skills (Eg What would happen ifhelliphellip How couldhelliphelliphellip)

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain method of assessment for Intellectual skillsExamplemdashProblem solving questions carrying 50 of mark on tests given at the end of each topic

and on end of semester examination Group and individual assignments require application of analytical tools in problem solving tasks

(C) Professional and Practical Skills Description of Professional skills and capacity to carry responsibility to be developed

Mention the professional and practical skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course requirements

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

25

Professional and Practical Skills and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

List the objectives of this course for improving studentsrsquo interpersonal skills capacity for self directed learning and personal and social responsibility

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

(Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo interpersonal skills personal and social responsibility and capacity for independent learningExamplemdashOne group assignment in which 25 of assessment is based on individuals

contribution to the group task (Instructor meets with each group part way through project to discuss and advise on approach to the task) Two individual assignments requiring investigation using internet and library resources as a means of developing self study skills Role play exercise on controversial issue relevant to the course based on a case study with discussion in tutorial of appropriate responses and consequences to individuals involved

Explain how interpersonal skills and responsibility will be assessedExamplemdashAssessment of group assignment includes component for individual contribution

Capacity for independent study assessed in individual assignments

(D) General Transferable Skills

Description of the General Transferable skills to be developed in this domain such as Communication Information Technology and Numerical Skills

Mention all the transferable skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course and other courses in the program such as the ability to work in groups the ability to use IT the ability to write reports and so on

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skills

26

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in General Transferable skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Indicate the contribution of this course to students lsquocommunication IT and numerical skills Note that what is intended in this section is the development of generic skills for all students

rather than specialized studies relevant to a field of study that would be included under items a or b For example a course in history or philosophy might include some use of basic mathematical or statistical information and the use of ICT in searching for information and presenting reports A course in computer science might include the ability to present written reports that develop language ability

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in General and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo numerical and communication skills ExamplemdashStudent assignments require good standards of use of ICT Where standards

are inadequate the student is referred for special remedial instruction Student essay assignments require proper style and referencing format as specified in college style manual

Explain how numerical and communication skills will be assessed in this course

ExamplemdashTest questions require interpretation of simple statistical information Assessments of students assignment and project work include expectation of adequate use of numerical and communication skills Five percent of marks allocated for standard of presentation using ICT

27

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 16: Engineering Thermodynamics

since its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a new

technological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the

differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000)

may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy

at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains

of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilities

The description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand order

16

Match Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage reviseQuote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to1 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied2 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied

17

3 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and movements associated with them

4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 4 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics5 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques6 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each7 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items8 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis9 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes10 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 11 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive12 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities13 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 14 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing15 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 16 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option17 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing18 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects19 List and describe the use of editing commands20 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing21 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing22 Change the properties of selected objects23 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing24 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties25 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing26 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Description of the knowledge and Understanding of Subject to be acquired

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toDescription of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire

A1- A1-

18

A2- A2-A3-A4-

Description of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire [List the Learning Outcomes to be achieved from the course This should be a list of topics or areas of knowledge that students should know and understand when they complete the course

Course objectives must be aligned to the PILOs and other standards ]

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned ]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Teaching strategies to be used

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Methods of assessment of knowledge and Understanding

acquired Explain how acquisition of knowledge will be assessed [Insert your description and schedule of readings assignments tests and exams A

sample follows]Indicate the grading structure of the course and how students are evaluated

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Identify specific instructional methods and types of activities and assignments to be used by the teacher to facilitate student achievement of the stated learning outcomes - eg lectures demonstrations study of written audiovisual or other materials in-class discussions one-on-one conferences group work student presentations electronic chat activities Explicitly tying specific instructional methods andor assignments to specific student learning outcomes will help students to know what skills knowledge or understanding they are expected to work on gaining in and through each of the activities of the course It will also help them to understand what evidence of their achievement you will be examining in evaluating their work For

19

General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals ExamplemdashLectures tutorials and independent study assignments Introductory lecture gives an overview of the content and significance of the course and of its relationship to studentsrsquo existing knowledge Each subsequent lecture begins with a similar overview linking the particular content of the presentation to the general overview Tutorials review the content of each lecture and clarify any matters not understood Individual assignments require use of library reference material and web sites to identify information required to complete tasks

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain the standards on the basis of which studentsrsquo in-class work and assignments will be evaluated and show the relationship between each individually graded assignment and the calculation of the midterm and final grade for the course Since all work undertaken by students in a course should provide an opportunity for them to demonstrate their achievement of one or more of the stated learning outcomes both in-class and out-of-class assignment prompts and grading standards should be explicitly linked to and conceptually consistent with the learning outcomes For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and marker student learning outcomes See General Education Program learning goals The assessment section should be a brief listing of the minimum assessment tools required for use in the course as determined by the course instructor - Keep your learning outcomes in mind when developing assessments - Your intended learning outcomes should shape your assessment procedures - Select a variety of assessment procedures because these measure the extent to

which students have achieved the course learning outcomes- Your assessment rubrics or grading criteria should directly reflect key components

of your outcomes

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose

20

is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goalsassignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms

The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in

21

Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been updatedsince its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a newtechnological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000) may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilitiesThe description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand orderMatch Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage revise

22

Quote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to27 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied28 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied29 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and

movements associated with them 4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious

23

Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 30 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics31 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques32 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each33 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items34 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis35 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes36 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 37 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive38 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities39 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 40 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing41 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 42 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option43 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing44 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects45 List and describe the use of editing commands46 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing47 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing48 Change the properties of selected objects49 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing50 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties51 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing52 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the course students would be able to

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to develop

B1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-

24

B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to developAs a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list

should include both the use of analytic and predictive formulae and conceptual tools when asked to do sot and the ability to identify and use ones that are appropriate for new and unanticipated problems

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these

Intellectual skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

Explain techniques to be used to teach and encourage appropriate use of cognitive skills

ExamplemdashExplanations and examples given in lectures and practiced under supervision in tutorials and laboratory tasks Transfer of learning encouraged by use of analytical tools in different applications and through discussion of potential application in other areas Assignment tasks include some open ended tasks designed to apply predictive analytical and problem solving skills (Eg What would happen ifhelliphellip How couldhelliphelliphellip)

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain method of assessment for Intellectual skillsExamplemdashProblem solving questions carrying 50 of mark on tests given at the end of each topic

and on end of semester examination Group and individual assignments require application of analytical tools in problem solving tasks

(C) Professional and Practical Skills Description of Professional skills and capacity to carry responsibility to be developed

Mention the professional and practical skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course requirements

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

25

Professional and Practical Skills and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

List the objectives of this course for improving studentsrsquo interpersonal skills capacity for self directed learning and personal and social responsibility

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

(Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo interpersonal skills personal and social responsibility and capacity for independent learningExamplemdashOne group assignment in which 25 of assessment is based on individuals

contribution to the group task (Instructor meets with each group part way through project to discuss and advise on approach to the task) Two individual assignments requiring investigation using internet and library resources as a means of developing self study skills Role play exercise on controversial issue relevant to the course based on a case study with discussion in tutorial of appropriate responses and consequences to individuals involved

Explain how interpersonal skills and responsibility will be assessedExamplemdashAssessment of group assignment includes component for individual contribution

Capacity for independent study assessed in individual assignments

(D) General Transferable Skills

Description of the General Transferable skills to be developed in this domain such as Communication Information Technology and Numerical Skills

Mention all the transferable skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course and other courses in the program such as the ability to work in groups the ability to use IT the ability to write reports and so on

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skills

26

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in General Transferable skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Indicate the contribution of this course to students lsquocommunication IT and numerical skills Note that what is intended in this section is the development of generic skills for all students

rather than specialized studies relevant to a field of study that would be included under items a or b For example a course in history or philosophy might include some use of basic mathematical or statistical information and the use of ICT in searching for information and presenting reports A course in computer science might include the ability to present written reports that develop language ability

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in General and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo numerical and communication skills ExamplemdashStudent assignments require good standards of use of ICT Where standards

are inadequate the student is referred for special remedial instruction Student essay assignments require proper style and referencing format as specified in college style manual

Explain how numerical and communication skills will be assessed in this course

ExamplemdashTest questions require interpretation of simple statistical information Assessments of students assignment and project work include expectation of adequate use of numerical and communication skills Five percent of marks allocated for standard of presentation using ICT

27

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 17: Engineering Thermodynamics

Match Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage reviseQuote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to1 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied2 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied

17

3 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and movements associated with them

4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 4 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics5 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques6 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each7 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items8 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis9 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes10 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 11 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive12 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities13 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 14 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing15 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 16 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option17 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing18 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects19 List and describe the use of editing commands20 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing21 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing22 Change the properties of selected objects23 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing24 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties25 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing26 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Description of the knowledge and Understanding of Subject to be acquired

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toDescription of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire

A1- A1-

18

A2- A2-A3-A4-

Description of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire [List the Learning Outcomes to be achieved from the course This should be a list of topics or areas of knowledge that students should know and understand when they complete the course

Course objectives must be aligned to the PILOs and other standards ]

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned ]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Teaching strategies to be used

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Methods of assessment of knowledge and Understanding

acquired Explain how acquisition of knowledge will be assessed [Insert your description and schedule of readings assignments tests and exams A

sample follows]Indicate the grading structure of the course and how students are evaluated

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Identify specific instructional methods and types of activities and assignments to be used by the teacher to facilitate student achievement of the stated learning outcomes - eg lectures demonstrations study of written audiovisual or other materials in-class discussions one-on-one conferences group work student presentations electronic chat activities Explicitly tying specific instructional methods andor assignments to specific student learning outcomes will help students to know what skills knowledge or understanding they are expected to work on gaining in and through each of the activities of the course It will also help them to understand what evidence of their achievement you will be examining in evaluating their work For

19

General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals ExamplemdashLectures tutorials and independent study assignments Introductory lecture gives an overview of the content and significance of the course and of its relationship to studentsrsquo existing knowledge Each subsequent lecture begins with a similar overview linking the particular content of the presentation to the general overview Tutorials review the content of each lecture and clarify any matters not understood Individual assignments require use of library reference material and web sites to identify information required to complete tasks

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain the standards on the basis of which studentsrsquo in-class work and assignments will be evaluated and show the relationship between each individually graded assignment and the calculation of the midterm and final grade for the course Since all work undertaken by students in a course should provide an opportunity for them to demonstrate their achievement of one or more of the stated learning outcomes both in-class and out-of-class assignment prompts and grading standards should be explicitly linked to and conceptually consistent with the learning outcomes For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and marker student learning outcomes See General Education Program learning goals The assessment section should be a brief listing of the minimum assessment tools required for use in the course as determined by the course instructor - Keep your learning outcomes in mind when developing assessments - Your intended learning outcomes should shape your assessment procedures - Select a variety of assessment procedures because these measure the extent to

which students have achieved the course learning outcomes- Your assessment rubrics or grading criteria should directly reflect key components

of your outcomes

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose

20

is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goalsassignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms

The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in

21

Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been updatedsince its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a newtechnological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000) may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilitiesThe description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand orderMatch Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage revise

22

Quote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to27 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied28 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied29 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and

movements associated with them 4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious

23

Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 30 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics31 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques32 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each33 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items34 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis35 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes36 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 37 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive38 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities39 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 40 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing41 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 42 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option43 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing44 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects45 List and describe the use of editing commands46 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing47 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing48 Change the properties of selected objects49 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing50 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties51 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing52 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the course students would be able to

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to develop

B1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-

24

B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to developAs a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list

should include both the use of analytic and predictive formulae and conceptual tools when asked to do sot and the ability to identify and use ones that are appropriate for new and unanticipated problems

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these

Intellectual skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

Explain techniques to be used to teach and encourage appropriate use of cognitive skills

ExamplemdashExplanations and examples given in lectures and practiced under supervision in tutorials and laboratory tasks Transfer of learning encouraged by use of analytical tools in different applications and through discussion of potential application in other areas Assignment tasks include some open ended tasks designed to apply predictive analytical and problem solving skills (Eg What would happen ifhelliphellip How couldhelliphelliphellip)

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain method of assessment for Intellectual skillsExamplemdashProblem solving questions carrying 50 of mark on tests given at the end of each topic

and on end of semester examination Group and individual assignments require application of analytical tools in problem solving tasks

(C) Professional and Practical Skills Description of Professional skills and capacity to carry responsibility to be developed

Mention the professional and practical skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course requirements

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

25

Professional and Practical Skills and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

List the objectives of this course for improving studentsrsquo interpersonal skills capacity for self directed learning and personal and social responsibility

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

(Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo interpersonal skills personal and social responsibility and capacity for independent learningExamplemdashOne group assignment in which 25 of assessment is based on individuals

contribution to the group task (Instructor meets with each group part way through project to discuss and advise on approach to the task) Two individual assignments requiring investigation using internet and library resources as a means of developing self study skills Role play exercise on controversial issue relevant to the course based on a case study with discussion in tutorial of appropriate responses and consequences to individuals involved

Explain how interpersonal skills and responsibility will be assessedExamplemdashAssessment of group assignment includes component for individual contribution

Capacity for independent study assessed in individual assignments

(D) General Transferable Skills

Description of the General Transferable skills to be developed in this domain such as Communication Information Technology and Numerical Skills

Mention all the transferable skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course and other courses in the program such as the ability to work in groups the ability to use IT the ability to write reports and so on

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skills

26

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in General Transferable skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Indicate the contribution of this course to students lsquocommunication IT and numerical skills Note that what is intended in this section is the development of generic skills for all students

rather than specialized studies relevant to a field of study that would be included under items a or b For example a course in history or philosophy might include some use of basic mathematical or statistical information and the use of ICT in searching for information and presenting reports A course in computer science might include the ability to present written reports that develop language ability

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in General and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo numerical and communication skills ExamplemdashStudent assignments require good standards of use of ICT Where standards

are inadequate the student is referred for special remedial instruction Student essay assignments require proper style and referencing format as specified in college style manual

Explain how numerical and communication skills will be assessed in this course

ExamplemdashTest questions require interpretation of simple statistical information Assessments of students assignment and project work include expectation of adequate use of numerical and communication skills Five percent of marks allocated for standard of presentation using ICT

27

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 18: Engineering Thermodynamics

3 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and movements associated with them

4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 4 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics5 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques6 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each7 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items8 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis9 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes10 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 11 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive12 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities13 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 14 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing15 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 16 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option17 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing18 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects19 List and describe the use of editing commands20 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing21 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing22 Change the properties of selected objects23 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing24 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties25 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing26 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Description of the knowledge and Understanding of Subject to be acquired

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toDescription of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire

A1- A1-

18

A2- A2-A3-A4-

Description of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire [List the Learning Outcomes to be achieved from the course This should be a list of topics or areas of knowledge that students should know and understand when they complete the course

Course objectives must be aligned to the PILOs and other standards ]

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned ]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Teaching strategies to be used

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Methods of assessment of knowledge and Understanding

acquired Explain how acquisition of knowledge will be assessed [Insert your description and schedule of readings assignments tests and exams A

sample follows]Indicate the grading structure of the course and how students are evaluated

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Identify specific instructional methods and types of activities and assignments to be used by the teacher to facilitate student achievement of the stated learning outcomes - eg lectures demonstrations study of written audiovisual or other materials in-class discussions one-on-one conferences group work student presentations electronic chat activities Explicitly tying specific instructional methods andor assignments to specific student learning outcomes will help students to know what skills knowledge or understanding they are expected to work on gaining in and through each of the activities of the course It will also help them to understand what evidence of their achievement you will be examining in evaluating their work For

19

General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals ExamplemdashLectures tutorials and independent study assignments Introductory lecture gives an overview of the content and significance of the course and of its relationship to studentsrsquo existing knowledge Each subsequent lecture begins with a similar overview linking the particular content of the presentation to the general overview Tutorials review the content of each lecture and clarify any matters not understood Individual assignments require use of library reference material and web sites to identify information required to complete tasks

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain the standards on the basis of which studentsrsquo in-class work and assignments will be evaluated and show the relationship between each individually graded assignment and the calculation of the midterm and final grade for the course Since all work undertaken by students in a course should provide an opportunity for them to demonstrate their achievement of one or more of the stated learning outcomes both in-class and out-of-class assignment prompts and grading standards should be explicitly linked to and conceptually consistent with the learning outcomes For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and marker student learning outcomes See General Education Program learning goals The assessment section should be a brief listing of the minimum assessment tools required for use in the course as determined by the course instructor - Keep your learning outcomes in mind when developing assessments - Your intended learning outcomes should shape your assessment procedures - Select a variety of assessment procedures because these measure the extent to

which students have achieved the course learning outcomes- Your assessment rubrics or grading criteria should directly reflect key components

of your outcomes

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose

20

is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goalsassignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms

The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in

21

Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been updatedsince its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a newtechnological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000) may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilitiesThe description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand orderMatch Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage revise

22

Quote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to27 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied28 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied29 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and

movements associated with them 4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious

23

Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 30 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics31 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques32 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each33 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items34 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis35 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes36 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 37 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive38 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities39 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 40 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing41 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 42 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option43 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing44 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects45 List and describe the use of editing commands46 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing47 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing48 Change the properties of selected objects49 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing50 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties51 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing52 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the course students would be able to

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to develop

B1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-

24

B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to developAs a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list

should include both the use of analytic and predictive formulae and conceptual tools when asked to do sot and the ability to identify and use ones that are appropriate for new and unanticipated problems

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these

Intellectual skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

Explain techniques to be used to teach and encourage appropriate use of cognitive skills

ExamplemdashExplanations and examples given in lectures and practiced under supervision in tutorials and laboratory tasks Transfer of learning encouraged by use of analytical tools in different applications and through discussion of potential application in other areas Assignment tasks include some open ended tasks designed to apply predictive analytical and problem solving skills (Eg What would happen ifhelliphellip How couldhelliphelliphellip)

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain method of assessment for Intellectual skillsExamplemdashProblem solving questions carrying 50 of mark on tests given at the end of each topic

and on end of semester examination Group and individual assignments require application of analytical tools in problem solving tasks

(C) Professional and Practical Skills Description of Professional skills and capacity to carry responsibility to be developed

Mention the professional and practical skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course requirements

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

25

Professional and Practical Skills and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

List the objectives of this course for improving studentsrsquo interpersonal skills capacity for self directed learning and personal and social responsibility

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

(Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo interpersonal skills personal and social responsibility and capacity for independent learningExamplemdashOne group assignment in which 25 of assessment is based on individuals

contribution to the group task (Instructor meets with each group part way through project to discuss and advise on approach to the task) Two individual assignments requiring investigation using internet and library resources as a means of developing self study skills Role play exercise on controversial issue relevant to the course based on a case study with discussion in tutorial of appropriate responses and consequences to individuals involved

Explain how interpersonal skills and responsibility will be assessedExamplemdashAssessment of group assignment includes component for individual contribution

Capacity for independent study assessed in individual assignments

(D) General Transferable Skills

Description of the General Transferable skills to be developed in this domain such as Communication Information Technology and Numerical Skills

Mention all the transferable skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course and other courses in the program such as the ability to work in groups the ability to use IT the ability to write reports and so on

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skills

26

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in General Transferable skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Indicate the contribution of this course to students lsquocommunication IT and numerical skills Note that what is intended in this section is the development of generic skills for all students

rather than specialized studies relevant to a field of study that would be included under items a or b For example a course in history or philosophy might include some use of basic mathematical or statistical information and the use of ICT in searching for information and presenting reports A course in computer science might include the ability to present written reports that develop language ability

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in General and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo numerical and communication skills ExamplemdashStudent assignments require good standards of use of ICT Where standards

are inadequate the student is referred for special remedial instruction Student essay assignments require proper style and referencing format as specified in college style manual

Explain how numerical and communication skills will be assessed in this course

ExamplemdashTest questions require interpretation of simple statistical information Assessments of students assignment and project work include expectation of adequate use of numerical and communication skills Five percent of marks allocated for standard of presentation using ICT

27

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 19: Engineering Thermodynamics

A2- A2-A3-A4-

Description of the knowledge and understanding to be acquire [List the Learning Outcomes to be achieved from the course This should be a list of topics or areas of knowledge that students should know and understand when they complete the course

Course objectives must be aligned to the PILOs and other standards ]

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned ]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Teaching strategies to be used

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Methods of assessment of knowledge and Understanding

acquired Explain how acquisition of knowledge will be assessed [Insert your description and schedule of readings assignments tests and exams A

sample follows]Indicate the grading structure of the course and how students are evaluated

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

Explain what strategies will be used to develop studentsrsquo knowledge and understanding

Identify specific instructional methods and types of activities and assignments to be used by the teacher to facilitate student achievement of the stated learning outcomes - eg lectures demonstrations study of written audiovisual or other materials in-class discussions one-on-one conferences group work student presentations electronic chat activities Explicitly tying specific instructional methods andor assignments to specific student learning outcomes will help students to know what skills knowledge or understanding they are expected to work on gaining in and through each of the activities of the course It will also help them to understand what evidence of their achievement you will be examining in evaluating their work For

19

General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals ExamplemdashLectures tutorials and independent study assignments Introductory lecture gives an overview of the content and significance of the course and of its relationship to studentsrsquo existing knowledge Each subsequent lecture begins with a similar overview linking the particular content of the presentation to the general overview Tutorials review the content of each lecture and clarify any matters not understood Individual assignments require use of library reference material and web sites to identify information required to complete tasks

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain the standards on the basis of which studentsrsquo in-class work and assignments will be evaluated and show the relationship between each individually graded assignment and the calculation of the midterm and final grade for the course Since all work undertaken by students in a course should provide an opportunity for them to demonstrate their achievement of one or more of the stated learning outcomes both in-class and out-of-class assignment prompts and grading standards should be explicitly linked to and conceptually consistent with the learning outcomes For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and marker student learning outcomes See General Education Program learning goals The assessment section should be a brief listing of the minimum assessment tools required for use in the course as determined by the course instructor - Keep your learning outcomes in mind when developing assessments - Your intended learning outcomes should shape your assessment procedures - Select a variety of assessment procedures because these measure the extent to

which students have achieved the course learning outcomes- Your assessment rubrics or grading criteria should directly reflect key components

of your outcomes

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose

20

is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goalsassignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms

The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in

21

Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been updatedsince its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a newtechnological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000) may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilitiesThe description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand orderMatch Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage revise

22

Quote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to27 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied28 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied29 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and

movements associated with them 4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious

23

Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 30 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics31 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques32 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each33 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items34 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis35 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes36 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 37 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive38 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities39 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 40 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing41 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 42 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option43 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing44 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects45 List and describe the use of editing commands46 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing47 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing48 Change the properties of selected objects49 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing50 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties51 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing52 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the course students would be able to

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to develop

B1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-

24

B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to developAs a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list

should include both the use of analytic and predictive formulae and conceptual tools when asked to do sot and the ability to identify and use ones that are appropriate for new and unanticipated problems

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these

Intellectual skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

Explain techniques to be used to teach and encourage appropriate use of cognitive skills

ExamplemdashExplanations and examples given in lectures and practiced under supervision in tutorials and laboratory tasks Transfer of learning encouraged by use of analytical tools in different applications and through discussion of potential application in other areas Assignment tasks include some open ended tasks designed to apply predictive analytical and problem solving skills (Eg What would happen ifhelliphellip How couldhelliphelliphellip)

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain method of assessment for Intellectual skillsExamplemdashProblem solving questions carrying 50 of mark on tests given at the end of each topic

and on end of semester examination Group and individual assignments require application of analytical tools in problem solving tasks

(C) Professional and Practical Skills Description of Professional skills and capacity to carry responsibility to be developed

Mention the professional and practical skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course requirements

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

25

Professional and Practical Skills and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

List the objectives of this course for improving studentsrsquo interpersonal skills capacity for self directed learning and personal and social responsibility

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

(Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo interpersonal skills personal and social responsibility and capacity for independent learningExamplemdashOne group assignment in which 25 of assessment is based on individuals

contribution to the group task (Instructor meets with each group part way through project to discuss and advise on approach to the task) Two individual assignments requiring investigation using internet and library resources as a means of developing self study skills Role play exercise on controversial issue relevant to the course based on a case study with discussion in tutorial of appropriate responses and consequences to individuals involved

Explain how interpersonal skills and responsibility will be assessedExamplemdashAssessment of group assignment includes component for individual contribution

Capacity for independent study assessed in individual assignments

(D) General Transferable Skills

Description of the General Transferable skills to be developed in this domain such as Communication Information Technology and Numerical Skills

Mention all the transferable skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course and other courses in the program such as the ability to work in groups the ability to use IT the ability to write reports and so on

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skills

26

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in General Transferable skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Indicate the contribution of this course to students lsquocommunication IT and numerical skills Note that what is intended in this section is the development of generic skills for all students

rather than specialized studies relevant to a field of study that would be included under items a or b For example a course in history or philosophy might include some use of basic mathematical or statistical information and the use of ICT in searching for information and presenting reports A course in computer science might include the ability to present written reports that develop language ability

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in General and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo numerical and communication skills ExamplemdashStudent assignments require good standards of use of ICT Where standards

are inadequate the student is referred for special remedial instruction Student essay assignments require proper style and referencing format as specified in college style manual

Explain how numerical and communication skills will be assessed in this course

ExamplemdashTest questions require interpretation of simple statistical information Assessments of students assignment and project work include expectation of adequate use of numerical and communication skills Five percent of marks allocated for standard of presentation using ICT

27

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 20: Engineering Thermodynamics

General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals ExamplemdashLectures tutorials and independent study assignments Introductory lecture gives an overview of the content and significance of the course and of its relationship to studentsrsquo existing knowledge Each subsequent lecture begins with a similar overview linking the particular content of the presentation to the general overview Tutorials review the content of each lecture and clarify any matters not understood Individual assignments require use of library reference material and web sites to identify information required to complete tasks

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain the standards on the basis of which studentsrsquo in-class work and assignments will be evaluated and show the relationship between each individually graded assignment and the calculation of the midterm and final grade for the course Since all work undertaken by students in a course should provide an opportunity for them to demonstrate their achievement of one or more of the stated learning outcomes both in-class and out-of-class assignment prompts and grading standards should be explicitly linked to and conceptually consistent with the learning outcomes For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goals assignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and marker student learning outcomes See General Education Program learning goals The assessment section should be a brief listing of the minimum assessment tools required for use in the course as determined by the course instructor - Keep your learning outcomes in mind when developing assessments - Your intended learning outcomes should shape your assessment procedures - Select a variety of assessment procedures because these measure the extent to

which students have achieved the course learning outcomes- Your assessment rubrics or grading criteria should directly reflect key components

of your outcomes

Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningStudent Learning Outcomes These must be stated as specific measurable skills knowledgeor understanding that students will be able to demonstrate after successful completion of the course(NOTE Gaining ldquounderstandingrdquo is not itself a student learning outcome it is the demonstration ofunderstanding that counts)Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each of the domains of learning shown below indicate A brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop A description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned

Learning outcomes are relatively general statements of what a student

Alignment of CILOs to PILOs - Please map the learning outcomes of the course against the modules comprising the course You may use either the international standard one of the example formats The Good Practice Guide or a grid of your own devising for this purpose

20

is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goalsassignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms

The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in

21

Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been updatedsince its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a newtechnological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000) may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilitiesThe description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand orderMatch Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage revise

22

Quote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to27 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied28 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied29 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and

movements associated with them 4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious

23

Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 30 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics31 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques32 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each33 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items34 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis35 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes36 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 37 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive38 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities39 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 40 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing41 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 42 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option43 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing44 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects45 List and describe the use of editing commands46 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing47 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing48 Change the properties of selected objects49 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing50 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties51 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing52 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the course students would be able to

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to develop

B1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-

24

B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to developAs a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list

should include both the use of analytic and predictive formulae and conceptual tools when asked to do sot and the ability to identify and use ones that are appropriate for new and unanticipated problems

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these

Intellectual skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

Explain techniques to be used to teach and encourage appropriate use of cognitive skills

ExamplemdashExplanations and examples given in lectures and practiced under supervision in tutorials and laboratory tasks Transfer of learning encouraged by use of analytical tools in different applications and through discussion of potential application in other areas Assignment tasks include some open ended tasks designed to apply predictive analytical and problem solving skills (Eg What would happen ifhelliphellip How couldhelliphelliphellip)

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain method of assessment for Intellectual skillsExamplemdashProblem solving questions carrying 50 of mark on tests given at the end of each topic

and on end of semester examination Group and individual assignments require application of analytical tools in problem solving tasks

(C) Professional and Practical Skills Description of Professional skills and capacity to carry responsibility to be developed

Mention the professional and practical skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course requirements

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

25

Professional and Practical Skills and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

List the objectives of this course for improving studentsrsquo interpersonal skills capacity for self directed learning and personal and social responsibility

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

(Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo interpersonal skills personal and social responsibility and capacity for independent learningExamplemdashOne group assignment in which 25 of assessment is based on individuals

contribution to the group task (Instructor meets with each group part way through project to discuss and advise on approach to the task) Two individual assignments requiring investigation using internet and library resources as a means of developing self study skills Role play exercise on controversial issue relevant to the course based on a case study with discussion in tutorial of appropriate responses and consequences to individuals involved

Explain how interpersonal skills and responsibility will be assessedExamplemdashAssessment of group assignment includes component for individual contribution

Capacity for independent study assessed in individual assignments

(D) General Transferable Skills

Description of the General Transferable skills to be developed in this domain such as Communication Information Technology and Numerical Skills

Mention all the transferable skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course and other courses in the program such as the ability to work in groups the ability to use IT the ability to write reports and so on

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skills

26

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in General Transferable skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Indicate the contribution of this course to students lsquocommunication IT and numerical skills Note that what is intended in this section is the development of generic skills for all students

rather than specialized studies relevant to a field of study that would be included under items a or b For example a course in history or philosophy might include some use of basic mathematical or statistical information and the use of ICT in searching for information and presenting reports A course in computer science might include the ability to present written reports that develop language ability

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in General and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo numerical and communication skills ExamplemdashStudent assignments require good standards of use of ICT Where standards

are inadequate the student is referred for special remedial instruction Student essay assignments require proper style and referencing format as specified in college style manual

Explain how numerical and communication skills will be assessed in this course

ExamplemdashTest questions require interpretation of simple statistical information Assessments of students assignment and project work include expectation of adequate use of numerical and communication skills Five percent of marks allocated for standard of presentation using ICT

27

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 21: Engineering Thermodynamics

is expected to know understand andor be able to demonstrate at the end of a period of learning They are phrases which complete a sentence of the form A student who completes this program successfully should be expected to hellip or should be able to hellip

It is good practice for learning outcomes to comprise a verb object and context An example (from Human development) would be Critically examine (verb) theoretical frameworks (object) relevant to neonatal development and adaption (context) All three parts are needed to make the learning outcome workable

The learning outcomes listed for a program should be reflective of the modules on which a student can expect to enrol as part of that program

In some cases for example due to program requirements a student will be required to attain all the learning outcomes listed for a program

Learning outcomes are an essential part of program and module design and should be clearly related to the contentaims of a programmodule ldquoOutcomes indicate what students will learn in a course and how they will be able to demonstrate mastery of knowledge or skill Course outcomes are the descriptions of what students will know and be able to do at the completion of the course They are taken directly from the course outline Statements concerning learning outcomes are written in observable measurable terms and must be consistent with the course contentrdquo

Learning outcomes are much more specific than goal statements Learning outcomes describe the measurable skills abilities knowledge or values that students should be able to do or demonstrate as a result of the course or program Learning outcomes should be SMART Specific Measurable Agreed-upon Realistic and Time-framed List 3-5 learning outcomes for the course

How to identify and write course outcomes Verbs from different levels of learning must be used to illustrate a progression of student learning in the proposed course Each learning outcome should be developed with one verb indicating the highest level of expected performance The recommended language for stating learning outcomes is ldquoUpon successful completion of this course students will be able to helliprdquo For General Education courses be sure that the syllabus explicitly shows how the course learning goalsassignments and methods of evaluation relate to general education program learning goals and GEC category and marker student learning outcomes Review class resources handouts notes textbooks comparable courses at other institutions if appropriate business and industry job requirements or other pertinent items helpful in determining the minimum outcomes for the class

Describe knowledge and skills to be achieved by students in measurable terms

The curriculum map should show that a student cannot successfully complete the course without having acquired all the learning outcomes listed in course discretionThis can be demonstrated by ensuring that for each learning outcome there is at least one compulsory non-compensatabl module which delivers that outcome or that the outcome features in a range of modules such that it would not be possible for the student to complete the course without passing at least one of those modules

- Aligned CourseLearning Outcomes to th PILOsNote A program of study has specific learning outcomes When applicable use appropriate program learning outcomes on the course syllabus Mapping program outcomes to syllabi outcomes shows how students develop skills and knowledge in

21

Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been updatedsince its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a newtechnological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000) may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilitiesThe description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand orderMatch Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage revise

22

Quote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to27 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied28 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied29 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and

movements associated with them 4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious

23

Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 30 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics31 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques32 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each33 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items34 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis35 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes36 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 37 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive38 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities39 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 40 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing41 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 42 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option43 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing44 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects45 List and describe the use of editing commands46 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing47 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing48 Change the properties of selected objects49 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing50 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties51 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing52 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the course students would be able to

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to develop

B1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-

24

B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to developAs a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list

should include both the use of analytic and predictive formulae and conceptual tools when asked to do sot and the ability to identify and use ones that are appropriate for new and unanticipated problems

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these

Intellectual skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

Explain techniques to be used to teach and encourage appropriate use of cognitive skills

ExamplemdashExplanations and examples given in lectures and practiced under supervision in tutorials and laboratory tasks Transfer of learning encouraged by use of analytical tools in different applications and through discussion of potential application in other areas Assignment tasks include some open ended tasks designed to apply predictive analytical and problem solving skills (Eg What would happen ifhelliphellip How couldhelliphelliphellip)

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain method of assessment for Intellectual skillsExamplemdashProblem solving questions carrying 50 of mark on tests given at the end of each topic

and on end of semester examination Group and individual assignments require application of analytical tools in problem solving tasks

(C) Professional and Practical Skills Description of Professional skills and capacity to carry responsibility to be developed

Mention the professional and practical skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course requirements

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

25

Professional and Practical Skills and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

List the objectives of this course for improving studentsrsquo interpersonal skills capacity for self directed learning and personal and social responsibility

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

(Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo interpersonal skills personal and social responsibility and capacity for independent learningExamplemdashOne group assignment in which 25 of assessment is based on individuals

contribution to the group task (Instructor meets with each group part way through project to discuss and advise on approach to the task) Two individual assignments requiring investigation using internet and library resources as a means of developing self study skills Role play exercise on controversial issue relevant to the course based on a case study with discussion in tutorial of appropriate responses and consequences to individuals involved

Explain how interpersonal skills and responsibility will be assessedExamplemdashAssessment of group assignment includes component for individual contribution

Capacity for independent study assessed in individual assignments

(D) General Transferable Skills

Description of the General Transferable skills to be developed in this domain such as Communication Information Technology and Numerical Skills

Mention all the transferable skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course and other courses in the program such as the ability to work in groups the ability to use IT the ability to write reports and so on

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skills

26

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in General Transferable skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Indicate the contribution of this course to students lsquocommunication IT and numerical skills Note that what is intended in this section is the development of generic skills for all students

rather than specialized studies relevant to a field of study that would be included under items a or b For example a course in history or philosophy might include some use of basic mathematical or statistical information and the use of ICT in searching for information and presenting reports A course in computer science might include the ability to present written reports that develop language ability

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in General and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo numerical and communication skills ExamplemdashStudent assignments require good standards of use of ICT Where standards

are inadequate the student is referred for special remedial instruction Student essay assignments require proper style and referencing format as specified in college style manual

Explain how numerical and communication skills will be assessed in this course

ExamplemdashTest questions require interpretation of simple statistical information Assessments of students assignment and project work include expectation of adequate use of numerical and communication skills Five percent of marks allocated for standard of presentation using ICT

27

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 22: Engineering Thermodynamics

Avoid ldquojargonrdquoEach course proposal should reflect the domain(s) of learning that is (are) most relevant to the courseBlooms Taxonomy is a useful tool for developing measureable learning objectives and has been updatedsince its inception in 1956 A recent version revises Blooms with applications for learning in a newtechnological era (see Blooms Digital Taxonomy by Andrew Churches for objectives related tocollaboration and current online technologieshttpedorigamiwikispacescomBloom27s+Digital+Taxonomy A helpful overview of the differencesbetween Blooms Taxonomy (1956) and Anderson and Krahwohls Revised Taxonomy (2000) may befound at httpwwwuwspedueducationlwilsoncurricnewtaxonomyhtm For a quick reference see theexamples of verbs useful for articulating student learning outcomes based on Bloomrsquos Taxonomy at the end of this Standard Syllabus In this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the course in each of the domains of learning the teaching strategies to be used to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed

Note that every course is not expected to contribute to every domain However wherever it is feasible to do so courses should be designed to contribute to the development of skills such as effective group participation capacity for independent learning communication skills and problem solving abilitiesThe description of teaching strategies requires more than a specification of the organizational arrangement shown under C 2 and should indicate what will be done within those arrangements to develop the kind of learning sought

courses that are required for their programs of study- subject benchmarksPlease state the QAA subject benchmarks (or any other subject benchmarks) which are most relevant to the course A list of benchmarks is given at httpwwwqaaacukacademicinfrastructurebenchmarkdefaultasphttpwwwnottinghamacukugstudycoursesa-zsearchaspx

Course Outcomes Wording

Chose approprate VerbsAvoid the use of terms that cannot be seen or are difficult to measure Use this list for reference any measurable verbs may be usedAfter participating in the course students would be able to (insert an appropriate verb) -------

Dualism Multiplicity Relativism Commitment

Knowledge Comprehension Application Analysis Synthesize Evaluation

Cite Associate Apply Analyze Arrange AppraiseCount Classify Calculate Appraise Assemble AssessDefine Compare Construct Calculate Collect Choose

Describe Compute Demonstrate Categorize Combine CompareDraw Describe Dramatize Compare Compose CritiqueFind Differentiate Employ Contrast Construct Decide

Identify Discuss engage in Criticize Create DetermineIndicate Distinguish Illustrate Debate Derive EstimateItemize Estimate Interpret Deduce Design EvaluateLabel Explain Operate Defend Detect GradeList Express Practice Detect Develop Judge

Locate Extrapolate Schedule Diagram Devise MeasureMake Identify Shop Differentiate Expand orderMatch Interpolate Sketch disintegrate Formulate rankName Interpret Solve distinguish Generalize rate

Perform Locate Use examine Integrate recommendPoint Predict experiment Manage revise

22

Quote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to27 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied28 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied29 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and

movements associated with them 4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious

23

Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 30 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics31 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques32 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each33 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items34 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis35 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes36 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 37 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive38 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities39 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 40 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing41 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 42 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option43 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing44 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects45 List and describe the use of editing commands46 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing47 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing48 Change the properties of selected objects49 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing50 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties51 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing52 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the course students would be able to

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to develop

B1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-

24

B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to developAs a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list

should include both the use of analytic and predictive formulae and conceptual tools when asked to do sot and the ability to identify and use ones that are appropriate for new and unanticipated problems

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these

Intellectual skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

Explain techniques to be used to teach and encourage appropriate use of cognitive skills

ExamplemdashExplanations and examples given in lectures and practiced under supervision in tutorials and laboratory tasks Transfer of learning encouraged by use of analytical tools in different applications and through discussion of potential application in other areas Assignment tasks include some open ended tasks designed to apply predictive analytical and problem solving skills (Eg What would happen ifhelliphellip How couldhelliphelliphellip)

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain method of assessment for Intellectual skillsExamplemdashProblem solving questions carrying 50 of mark on tests given at the end of each topic

and on end of semester examination Group and individual assignments require application of analytical tools in problem solving tasks

(C) Professional and Practical Skills Description of Professional skills and capacity to carry responsibility to be developed

Mention the professional and practical skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course requirements

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

25

Professional and Practical Skills and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

List the objectives of this course for improving studentsrsquo interpersonal skills capacity for self directed learning and personal and social responsibility

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

(Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo interpersonal skills personal and social responsibility and capacity for independent learningExamplemdashOne group assignment in which 25 of assessment is based on individuals

contribution to the group task (Instructor meets with each group part way through project to discuss and advise on approach to the task) Two individual assignments requiring investigation using internet and library resources as a means of developing self study skills Role play exercise on controversial issue relevant to the course based on a case study with discussion in tutorial of appropriate responses and consequences to individuals involved

Explain how interpersonal skills and responsibility will be assessedExamplemdashAssessment of group assignment includes component for individual contribution

Capacity for independent study assessed in individual assignments

(D) General Transferable Skills

Description of the General Transferable skills to be developed in this domain such as Communication Information Technology and Numerical Skills

Mention all the transferable skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course and other courses in the program such as the ability to work in groups the ability to use IT the ability to write reports and so on

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skills

26

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in General Transferable skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Indicate the contribution of this course to students lsquocommunication IT and numerical skills Note that what is intended in this section is the development of generic skills for all students

rather than specialized studies relevant to a field of study that would be included under items a or b For example a course in history or philosophy might include some use of basic mathematical or statistical information and the use of ICT in searching for information and presenting reports A course in computer science might include the ability to present written reports that develop language ability

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in General and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo numerical and communication skills ExamplemdashStudent assignments require good standards of use of ICT Where standards

are inadequate the student is referred for special remedial instruction Student essay assignments require proper style and referencing format as specified in college style manual

Explain how numerical and communication skills will be assessed in this course

ExamplemdashTest questions require interpretation of simple statistical information Assessments of students assignment and project work include expectation of adequate use of numerical and communication skills Five percent of marks allocated for standard of presentation using ICT

27

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 23: Engineering Thermodynamics

Quote Recognize explain Modify scoreRead Relate generate Organize select

Recall Report induce Plan testRecite Restate infer Prepare value

Recognize Review inspect PrescribeRecord Tell inventory ProduceRelate Translate question ProposeRepeat relate RecombineSelect separate ReconstructState solve Reorder

Tabulate summarize ReorganizeTell take apart Restructure

Trace test set upUnderline Specify

Write SummarizeSynthesizeSystematizewrite (essay

)

BLOOMrsquoS TAXONOMY provides verbs that are useful for articulating student learning outcomes in each of the three domains The examples below are organized in distinct levels listed from the simplest behavior to the most complexCognitive Mental Skills (Knowledge)Knowledge defines describes identifies labels lists matches names outlines recalls reproduces selects states Comprehension converts defends distinguishes estimates explains extends generalizes gives examples infers interprets paraphrases predicts rewrites summarizes translates Application applies changes computes constructs demonstrates discovers manipulates modifies operates predicts prepares produces relates shows solves uses Analysis analyzes breaks down compares contrasts diagrams deconstructs differentiates discriminates distinguishes identifies illustrates infers outlines relates selects separates Synthesis categorizes combines compiles composes creates devises designs explains generates modifies organizes plans rearranges reconstructs relates reorganizes revises rewrites summarizes tells writes Evaluation appraises compares concludes contrasts criticizes critiques defends describes discriminates evaluates explains interprets justifies relates summarizes supportsAffective Growth in Feelings or Emotional Areas (Attitude)Receiving phenomena asks chooses describes follows gives holds identifies locates names points to selects sits erects replies uses Responding to phenomena answers assists aids complies conforms discusses greets helps labelsperforms practices presents reads recites reports selects tells writes Valuing completes demonstrates differentiates explains follows forms initiates invites joins justifies proposes reads reports selects shares studies works Organization adheres alters arranges combines compares completes defends explains formulates generalizes identifies integrates modifies orders organizes prepares relates synthesizes Internalizing values acts discriminates displays influences listens modifies performs practices proposes qualifies questions revises serves solves verifiesPsychomotor Manual or Physical Skills (Skills)Perception chooses describes detects differentiates distinguishes identifies isolates relates selects Set begins displays explains moves proceeds reacts shows states volunteers Guided response copies traces follows react reproduce responds Mechanism assembles calibrates constructs dismantles displays fastens fixes grinds heats manipulates measures mends mixes organizes sketches Complex overt response Verbs are the same as Mechanism but will have adverbs or adjectives that indicate that the performance is quicker better more accurate etcAdaptation adapts alters changes rearranges reorganizes revises varies Origination arranges builds combines composes constructs creates designs initiate makes Originates

Examples of Course Outcomes Wording

Students will be able to27 Demonstrate knowledge of historical cultural and philosophical framework that comprises each of the traditions

studied28 Identify interpret and evaluate the major themes of each tradition studied29 Recognize the major religious figures of each tradition studied and develop an understanding of the ideas and

movements associated with them 4 Recognize both globally and on a more parochial level the comparative impact of diverse religious

23

Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 30 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics31 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques32 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each33 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items34 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis35 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes36 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 37 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive38 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities39 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 40 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing41 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 42 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option43 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing44 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects45 List and describe the use of editing commands46 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing47 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing48 Change the properties of selected objects49 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing50 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties51 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing52 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the course students would be able to

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to develop

B1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-

24

B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to developAs a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list

should include both the use of analytic and predictive formulae and conceptual tools when asked to do sot and the ability to identify and use ones that are appropriate for new and unanticipated problems

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these

Intellectual skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

Explain techniques to be used to teach and encourage appropriate use of cognitive skills

ExamplemdashExplanations and examples given in lectures and practiced under supervision in tutorials and laboratory tasks Transfer of learning encouraged by use of analytical tools in different applications and through discussion of potential application in other areas Assignment tasks include some open ended tasks designed to apply predictive analytical and problem solving skills (Eg What would happen ifhelliphellip How couldhelliphelliphellip)

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain method of assessment for Intellectual skillsExamplemdashProblem solving questions carrying 50 of mark on tests given at the end of each topic

and on end of semester examination Group and individual assignments require application of analytical tools in problem solving tasks

(C) Professional and Practical Skills Description of Professional skills and capacity to carry responsibility to be developed

Mention the professional and practical skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course requirements

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

25

Professional and Practical Skills and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

List the objectives of this course for improving studentsrsquo interpersonal skills capacity for self directed learning and personal and social responsibility

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

(Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo interpersonal skills personal and social responsibility and capacity for independent learningExamplemdashOne group assignment in which 25 of assessment is based on individuals

contribution to the group task (Instructor meets with each group part way through project to discuss and advise on approach to the task) Two individual assignments requiring investigation using internet and library resources as a means of developing self study skills Role play exercise on controversial issue relevant to the course based on a case study with discussion in tutorial of appropriate responses and consequences to individuals involved

Explain how interpersonal skills and responsibility will be assessedExamplemdashAssessment of group assignment includes component for individual contribution

Capacity for independent study assessed in individual assignments

(D) General Transferable Skills

Description of the General Transferable skills to be developed in this domain such as Communication Information Technology and Numerical Skills

Mention all the transferable skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course and other courses in the program such as the ability to work in groups the ability to use IT the ability to write reports and so on

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skills

26

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in General Transferable skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Indicate the contribution of this course to students lsquocommunication IT and numerical skills Note that what is intended in this section is the development of generic skills for all students

rather than specialized studies relevant to a field of study that would be included under items a or b For example a course in history or philosophy might include some use of basic mathematical or statistical information and the use of ICT in searching for information and presenting reports A course in computer science might include the ability to present written reports that develop language ability

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in General and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo numerical and communication skills ExamplemdashStudent assignments require good standards of use of ICT Where standards

are inadequate the student is referred for special remedial instruction Student essay assignments require proper style and referencing format as specified in college style manual

Explain how numerical and communication skills will be assessed in this course

ExamplemdashTest questions require interpretation of simple statistical information Assessments of students assignment and project work include expectation of adequate use of numerical and communication skills Five percent of marks allocated for standard of presentation using ICT

27

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 24: Engineering Thermodynamics

Traditions upon each other and their respective cultures 30 Express both verbally and in writing an awareness of contemporary religious dynamics31 List the advantages of computer-aided drafting over traditional drafting techniques32 Identify the hardware components in a CAD workstation and describe the purpose of each33 Describe how to load the AutoCAD program name a drawing and select menu items34 Identify coordinates on the X and Y axis35 Identify three types of coordinate inputs by drawing simple shapes36 Demonstrate the procedures required to add and edit entities to the drawing editor 37 Load and save an existing drawing to and from a disk and hard drive38 Create scaled drawings made up of basic AutoCAD entities39 Apply AutoCADs TEXT commands to working drawings 40 Demonstrate screen manipulation and viewing41 Apply the plotprint capabilities in an AutoCAD drawing 42 Apply AutoCADs OSNAP option43 Describe the advantagesdisadvantages in utilizing a prototype drawing44 Use inquiry commands to list properties location and size of objects45 List and describe the use of editing commands46 Partially or completely remove objects in a given drawing47 Move copy or produce mirror images of selected objects in a given drawing48 Change the properties of selected objects49 Alter the sizeshape of given objects in a drawing50 Manipulate individual layers and their associated properties51 Adjust the scale of lines displayed in a drawing52 Manipulate AutoCADs Dimensioning menu by modifying editing and placing dimensions appropriately

Dimension arcs circles and angles on AutoCAD drawingFor each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course to develop that knowledge or skill- The methods of student assessment to be used in the course to evaluate learning outcomes in the domain concerned- Aligned Course Learning Outcomes to eachPlease also give a brief summary of the teaching learning and assessment methods used to enable these learning outcomes to be achieved and demonstrated (eg Teaching amp learning Lectures tutor-led tutorials student and tutor led seminars on-line tutorials problem-based learning scenarios Assessment coursework written seenunseen examinations poster presentationrsquo) The reoccurrence of the same learning outcome in a large number of modules should be avoided This is with a view to minimising the number of learning outcomes in each module and thus restricting the amount of assessment that needs to take place to test those learning outcomes

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in Intellectual skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the course students would be able to

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to develop

B1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-

24

B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to developAs a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list

should include both the use of analytic and predictive formulae and conceptual tools when asked to do sot and the ability to identify and use ones that are appropriate for new and unanticipated problems

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these

Intellectual skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

Explain techniques to be used to teach and encourage appropriate use of cognitive skills

ExamplemdashExplanations and examples given in lectures and practiced under supervision in tutorials and laboratory tasks Transfer of learning encouraged by use of analytical tools in different applications and through discussion of potential application in other areas Assignment tasks include some open ended tasks designed to apply predictive analytical and problem solving skills (Eg What would happen ifhelliphellip How couldhelliphelliphellip)

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain method of assessment for Intellectual skillsExamplemdashProblem solving questions carrying 50 of mark on tests given at the end of each topic

and on end of semester examination Group and individual assignments require application of analytical tools in problem solving tasks

(C) Professional and Practical Skills Description of Professional skills and capacity to carry responsibility to be developed

Mention the professional and practical skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course requirements

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

25

Professional and Practical Skills and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

List the objectives of this course for improving studentsrsquo interpersonal skills capacity for self directed learning and personal and social responsibility

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

(Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo interpersonal skills personal and social responsibility and capacity for independent learningExamplemdashOne group assignment in which 25 of assessment is based on individuals

contribution to the group task (Instructor meets with each group part way through project to discuss and advise on approach to the task) Two individual assignments requiring investigation using internet and library resources as a means of developing self study skills Role play exercise on controversial issue relevant to the course based on a case study with discussion in tutorial of appropriate responses and consequences to individuals involved

Explain how interpersonal skills and responsibility will be assessedExamplemdashAssessment of group assignment includes component for individual contribution

Capacity for independent study assessed in individual assignments

(D) General Transferable Skills

Description of the General Transferable skills to be developed in this domain such as Communication Information Technology and Numerical Skills

Mention all the transferable skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course and other courses in the program such as the ability to work in groups the ability to use IT the ability to write reports and so on

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skills

26

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in General Transferable skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Indicate the contribution of this course to students lsquocommunication IT and numerical skills Note that what is intended in this section is the development of generic skills for all students

rather than specialized studies relevant to a field of study that would be included under items a or b For example a course in history or philosophy might include some use of basic mathematical or statistical information and the use of ICT in searching for information and presenting reports A course in computer science might include the ability to present written reports that develop language ability

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in General and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo numerical and communication skills ExamplemdashStudent assignments require good standards of use of ICT Where standards

are inadequate the student is referred for special remedial instruction Student essay assignments require proper style and referencing format as specified in college style manual

Explain how numerical and communication skills will be assessed in this course

ExamplemdashTest questions require interpretation of simple statistical information Assessments of students assignment and project work include expectation of adequate use of numerical and communication skills Five percent of marks allocated for standard of presentation using ICT

27

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 25: Engineering Thermodynamics

B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the course is intended to developAs a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list

should include both the use of analytic and predictive formulae and conceptual tools when asked to do sot and the ability to identify and use ones that are appropriate for new and unanticipated problems

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Teaching Methods and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these

Intellectual skills

Assessment Methods of Intellectual Skills

B1-B2-B3-B4-

Explain techniques to be used to teach and encourage appropriate use of cognitive skills

ExamplemdashExplanations and examples given in lectures and practiced under supervision in tutorials and laboratory tasks Transfer of learning encouraged by use of analytical tools in different applications and through discussion of potential application in other areas Assignment tasks include some open ended tasks designed to apply predictive analytical and problem solving skills (Eg What would happen ifhelliphellip How couldhelliphelliphellip)

EVALUATION AND GRADING Explain method of assessment for Intellectual skillsExamplemdashProblem solving questions carrying 50 of mark on tests given at the end of each topic

and on end of semester examination Group and individual assignments require application of analytical tools in problem solving tasks

(C) Professional and Practical Skills Description of Professional skills and capacity to carry responsibility to be developed

Mention the professional and practical skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course requirements

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub- PILOs) in

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional

25

Professional and Practical Skills and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

List the objectives of this course for improving studentsrsquo interpersonal skills capacity for self directed learning and personal and social responsibility

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

(Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo interpersonal skills personal and social responsibility and capacity for independent learningExamplemdashOne group assignment in which 25 of assessment is based on individuals

contribution to the group task (Instructor meets with each group part way through project to discuss and advise on approach to the task) Two individual assignments requiring investigation using internet and library resources as a means of developing self study skills Role play exercise on controversial issue relevant to the course based on a case study with discussion in tutorial of appropriate responses and consequences to individuals involved

Explain how interpersonal skills and responsibility will be assessedExamplemdashAssessment of group assignment includes component for individual contribution

Capacity for independent study assessed in individual assignments

(D) General Transferable Skills

Description of the General Transferable skills to be developed in this domain such as Communication Information Technology and Numerical Skills

Mention all the transferable skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course and other courses in the program such as the ability to work in groups the ability to use IT the ability to write reports and so on

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skills

26

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in General Transferable skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Indicate the contribution of this course to students lsquocommunication IT and numerical skills Note that what is intended in this section is the development of generic skills for all students

rather than specialized studies relevant to a field of study that would be included under items a or b For example a course in history or philosophy might include some use of basic mathematical or statistical information and the use of ICT in searching for information and presenting reports A course in computer science might include the ability to present written reports that develop language ability

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in General and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo numerical and communication skills ExamplemdashStudent assignments require good standards of use of ICT Where standards

are inadequate the student is referred for special remedial instruction Student essay assignments require proper style and referencing format as specified in college style manual

Explain how numerical and communication skills will be assessed in this course

ExamplemdashTest questions require interpretation of simple statistical information Assessments of students assignment and project work include expectation of adequate use of numerical and communication skills Five percent of marks allocated for standard of presentation using ICT

27

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 26: Engineering Thermodynamics

Professional and Practical Skills and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the course students would be

able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

List the objectives of this course for improving studentsrsquo interpersonal skills capacity for self directed learning and personal and social responsibility

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesTeaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Teaching and Assessment Methods

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop that Professional and

Practical Skills

Methods of assessment of Professional and Practical

Skills acquired C1-C2-C3-C4-

(Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo interpersonal skills personal and social responsibility and capacity for independent learningExamplemdashOne group assignment in which 25 of assessment is based on individuals

contribution to the group task (Instructor meets with each group part way through project to discuss and advise on approach to the task) Two individual assignments requiring investigation using internet and library resources as a means of developing self study skills Role play exercise on controversial issue relevant to the course based on a case study with discussion in tutorial of appropriate responses and consequences to individuals involved

Explain how interpersonal skills and responsibility will be assessedExamplemdashAssessment of group assignment includes component for individual contribution

Capacity for independent study assessed in individual assignments

(D) General Transferable Skills

Description of the General Transferable skills to be developed in this domain such as Communication Information Technology and Numerical Skills

Mention all the transferable skills to be acquired by all students in the course and they will be able to do after finishing the course and other courses in the program such as the ability to work in groups the ability to use IT the ability to write reports and so on

Alignment Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in

General and Transferable skills

26

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in General Transferable skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Indicate the contribution of this course to students lsquocommunication IT and numerical skills Note that what is intended in this section is the development of generic skills for all students

rather than specialized studies relevant to a field of study that would be included under items a or b For example a course in history or philosophy might include some use of basic mathematical or statistical information and the use of ICT in searching for information and presenting reports A course in computer science might include the ability to present written reports that develop language ability

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in General and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo numerical and communication skills ExamplemdashStudent assignments require good standards of use of ICT Where standards

are inadequate the student is referred for special remedial instruction Student essay assignments require proper style and referencing format as specified in college style manual

Explain how numerical and communication skills will be assessed in this course

ExamplemdashTest questions require interpretation of simple statistical information Assessments of students assignment and project work include expectation of adequate use of numerical and communication skills Five percent of marks allocated for standard of presentation using ICT

27

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 27: Engineering Thermodynamics

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (PILOs) in General Transferable skills

Course Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable skills

After completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the course students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Indicate the contribution of this course to students lsquocommunication IT and numerical skills Note that what is intended in this section is the development of generic skills for all students

rather than specialized studies relevant to a field of study that would be included under items a or b For example a course in history or philosophy might include some use of basic mathematical or statistical information and the use of ICT in searching for information and presenting reports A course in computer science might include the ability to present written reports that develop language ability

Teaching And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Teaching and Learning Methods [Must relate (align) to the achievement of learning outcomes of above mentioned]

Assessment Methods [Identify means used to enable students to demonstrate achievement of the outcomes and to measure performance]

Alignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Teaching and Assessment MethodsCourse Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) in General and Transferable Skills

Methods of assessment of students General and Transferable skills

Teaching strategies to be used to develop these skills

D1-D2-D3-D4-

Explain what will be done in the course to develop studentsrsquo numerical and communication skills ExamplemdashStudent assignments require good standards of use of ICT Where standards

are inadequate the student is referred for special remedial instruction Student essay assignments require proper style and referencing format as specified in college style manual

Explain how numerical and communication skills will be assessed in this course

ExamplemdashTest questions require interpretation of simple statistical information Assessments of students assignment and project work include expectation of adequate use of numerical and communication skills Five percent of marks allocated for standard of presentation using ICT

27

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 28: Engineering Thermodynamics

IV Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems

Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course Items and ActivitiesCourse content is a brief outline of the major topics covered in a course The content should be

supportive of the intended course outcomes and consistent with the course description Course content is not textbook specific and should be reflective of the minimum content required for the course

Note course content should be described in noun-based terms

a ndash Theoretical Aspect Theoretical Aspect (Show Topics to be Covered)

Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

OrderTopic List

Aligned Topics Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

Learning Outcomes

Aligned Units Learning

Outcomes to Course ILOs

Sub Topics List Number

of Weeks

contact hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

28

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 29: Engineering Thermodynamics

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Show Practical Aspect (if any) (Topics to be Covered)Complete the table to indicate the amount of time and the total number of contact hours

intended to be given for each topic in the course If part of a week is allocated for a particular topic use decimals to indicate time fraction (For example a particular topic may be planned for 25 or 35 weeks)

Order

Practical Skills List Aligned Pracactical Skills Learning Outcomes To Course ILOs

Number of

Weekscontact hours

Learning Outcomes Aligned Units

Learning Outcomes to Course ILOs

1

2345678910111213141516

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Course Components insert here Distribution of total credit units - contact hours - per semester

Indicate the total contact hours intended to be given in each organizational arrangementmdash Total Theoretical Lectures Total Practical Lectures Total Fieldwork Hours Total Clinical Hours tutorial laboratory Others(if any) etc

Others(if any)

Total Clinical Hours

Total Fieldwork Hours

Total Practical Lectures

Total Theoretical Lectures

Additional private studylearning hours expected for students per week (this should be an average for the semester not a specific requirement in each week)

29

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 30: Engineering Thermodynamics

Specify the expected amount of time expected of students in private study assignment or other work associated with the course This should be shown as an average amount of time per week over the semester

- -

3- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

[List the required assignments due dates and point values for the course] Complete the table to show the dates planned for each assessment task and the proportion of

the final assessment allocated for that task

no Assessment Method Week Due MarkProportion of

Final Assessment

Aligned CourseLearningOutcomes

1 Drills2 Exercises amp Home works3 Project ( singlegroup)4 Research 5 EssayReport6 Participation7 Practical Tests8 Oral Tests9 Quizzes10 Written Test (1)11 Written Test (2)12 Final Exam (theoretical) 13 Final Exam (practical)14 In class brainstorming sessions15 Online discussion and forum16 Interactive class discussion17 Presentations and critical reading18 Others

V Studentsrsquo Support Procedures for availability of faculty for individual student consultations and

academic adviceDescribe the arrangements to be made for individual student counseling and advice This

should include the time allocation and schedule for faculty to meet with students

30

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 31: Engineering Thermodynamics

Office Hours Academic Advice Hours Other Procedures

Support For Students And Their LearningStudents and their learning are supported in a number of ways (LIST) Induction process CourseSubject Director Advisers of Studies Personal Development Planning Careers Service Information Services Department Student Support Department Sport and Recreation Department International Office Studentsrsquo Union

VI Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of

publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two ) List any required texts ( maximum two ) Written in the following

order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1-2-

2- Essential References

List reference material regarded as essential for teaching the course1-2-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

Attach list of material that should be available for reference by students undertaking the course

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

List requirements for access to electronic materials data bases etc

31

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 32: Engineering Thermodynamics

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material

List any other learning materials that are required for the course (such as websitescomputer-based programs CD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

VII Facilities RequiredSpecify accommodation requirements for delivery of the course indicating the type of facility (eg Lecture Rooms TV Network Laboratory Work Shop Sport Facility Others (specify) etc the amount of time needed any special requirements for scheduling and the number of students to be accommodated

1 - Accommodation

Specify requirements for computer access2 - Computing resources

Specify any other requirements for the course including specialized equipment Attach list if necessary

3 - Other Resources

Tick ( radic ) the required teaching facilities from the following Number of Students Conveniences Accommodation

Data ShowLecture Rooms

Smart BoardTV Network

ComputersLaboratory

Specific Lab EquipmentsWork Shop

Others (specify)Sport Facility

Others (specify)

VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes 1- Strategies for obtaining student feedback on effectiveness of teaching

Describe strategies Eg confidential completion of standard course evaluation questionnaire Focus group discussion with small groups of

32

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 33: Engineering Thermodynamics

students

2- Other strategies for evaluation of teaching by the instructor or by the department

Describe any other strategies for evaluation of teaching Eg observations and assistance from colleagues independent assessment of standards achieved by students independent advice on assignment tasks etc

3- Processes for improvement of teaching

Describe processes for improvement of teaching Eg Workshops on teaching methods review of recommended teaching strategies

4- Processes for verifying standards of students achievement (eg check marking by an independent faculty member of a sample of student work periodic exchange and remarking of a sample of assignments with a faculty member in another institution)

Describe methods used to compare standards of achievement with standards achieved elsewhere Eg check marking of a sample of examination papers or assignment tasks

5- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing of course effectiveness and planning for improvement

Describe process for reviewing feedback on the quality of the course and planning for improvement

Mechanisms for the review evaluation and improvement of teaching and learning1048697 Module evaluation questionnairesmodule forummodule freeform responses1048697 Module reviews and teaching team reports1048697 Peer observation of teaching and feedback1048697 StaffStudent Consultative Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 Student Questionnaires1048697 Annual Subject Monitoring1048697 External Examiners visit and report1048697 Course Committee meetings ndash at least one per semester1048697 School Board meeting1048697 Periodic Staff Reviews1048697 Participation in Staff Development activities1048697 School teaching and learning workshops1048697 Faculty Board meeting1048697 Membership of ILT and other Professional Bodies

33

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 34: Engineering Thermodynamics

6- Course development plansBriefly describe any plans for developing and improving the course that

are being implemented or changes in the course such as changes in use of web based reference material new techniques of instruction changes in content or increased reliance on students self study or use of library resources changes in content as a result of new research in the field) The description should include the reason(s) for the changes being made

1- 2- 3-

IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)

Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------

The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------

1Class Attendance

Mention the policy of attending classes how will be dealing with absent student the percentage of allowed absentness in the course and when the student will not be able to take the exam because of absentness

-

2Tardy

Mention the policy of being late in attending the class once twice or more

-

3Exam AttendancePunctuality

Mention the policy of exam attendance and how to deal with absentness from it or being late in attending the exam

-

4Assignments amp Projects

Mention the policy of submitting the assignments or the projects on time and how to deal with being late to do so

-

5Cheating

Mention the necessary information about cheating such as procedures to be followed when cheating is discovered in exams or in assignments

34

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 35: Engineering Thermodynamics

-

6Plagiarism

Mention the necessary information about plagiarism such as its meaning its types and procedures to follow when it is happen

-

7Other policies

Mention the other policies related to other behavior such as how to deal with using mobile in class or how to submit assignments by email and so on

-

35

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 36: Engineering Thermodynamics

Templete for a Course Plan (Syllabus)

A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course Office HoursName

THUWEDTUEMONSUNSATLocationamp Telephone

No

E-mail

B- Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 Credit hours

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4 Study levelyear at which this course is offered

5 Pre ndashrequisite (if any)

6 Co ndashrequisite (if any)

7 Program (s) in which the course is offered

8 Language of teaching the course

9 Location of teaching the course

C- Course Description Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)

-

36

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 37: Engineering Thermodynamics

C- Professional Information1- Aims of The Course

- -

2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course Brief summary of the knowledge or skill the course is intended to develop

1- 2-3- 4-5-

D- Course Content1 ndash Course TopicsItems Distribution of Semester Weekly Plan of Course TopicsItems and Activities

a ndash Theoretical Aspect

Order Topics ListWeek Due

Contact Hours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

37

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 38: Engineering Thermodynamics

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

b - Practical Aspect (if any)

Order Topics ListWeek Due

ContactHours

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1112

38

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 39: Engineering Thermodynamics

13

14

15

16

Number of Weeks and Units Per Semester

2- Schedule of Assessment Tasks for Students During the Semester

AssessmentType of

Assessment TasksWeek Due Mark

Proportion of Final Assessment

1 Drills

2 Exercises amp Home works

3 Project ( singlegroup)

4 Research

5 EssayReport

6 Participation

7 Practical Tests

8 Oral Tests

9 Quizzes

10 Written Test (1)

11 Written Test (2)

12 Final Exam (theoretical)

13 Final Exam (practical)

14 Others

X Learning Resources Written in the following order ( Author - Year of publication ndash Title ndash Edition ndash Place of publication ndash Publisher)

1- Required Textbook(s) ( maximum two )1-2-

39

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 40: Engineering Thermodynamics

2- Essential References

1-2-3-4-5-

3- Recommended Books and Reference Materials

1-2-3-4-5-

4- Electronic Materials and Web Sites etc

1-2-3-

5- Other Learning Material (such as computer-based programsCD professional standards regulations)

1-2-3-

Templete for a Course Report

University

Faculty

40

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 41: Engineering Thermodynamics

Department

Program title

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title

2 Course Number amp Code

3 If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5 Location (if not on main campus)

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics

41

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 42: Engineering Thermodynamics

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

DomainsList Teaching Strategies

set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual Skills

C Professional and Practical Skills

D Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

42

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 43: Engineering Thermodynamics

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

2 Number of students completing the course

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

43

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 44: Engineering Thermodynamics

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in the Course Specification)

a Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities

1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

44

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 45: Engineering Thermodynamics

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

VICourse Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

a List the most important criticisms and strengths

b Response of instructor or course team to this evaluation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

45

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 46: Engineering Thermodynamics

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

46

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 47: Engineering Thermodynamics

Instruction of ACourse Report Templete

These notes are intended to provide additional advice on particular items in the Templets University Show the name of the University

Faculty Show the name of the college principally responsible for the course

Department Show the name of the department principally responsible for the course

Program title Write the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

I Course Identification and General Information1 Course Title Show the title the course

2 Course Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the course

3

If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)

the course is taught in several different section indicate the section to which this report applies either by a section number or by indicating the name of the faculty member concerned

4Year and semester to which this report

appliesIndicate the calendar year and semester

5

Location (if not on main campus) If the course was offered in a different location such as an industry setting or in another city or township indicate where this is done If the course was offered both on the main campus and elsewhere complete two course reports In that case the separate offering on the different campus should be clearly identified under this item and under item 2

II Course Delivery

1 Coverage of Planned Program

Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation

TopicsPlanned Contact Hours

Actual Contact Hours

Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25

of the hours planned

47

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 48: Engineering Thermodynamics

2 Consequences of Non Coverage of TopicsThis item is intended to draw attention to consequences for the program when topics could not be given the

time that was planned For any topics that were not given the time planned comment on whether you believe this is a significant problem for the program and suggest possible compensating action For example it might be possible to provide special seminars or include extra topics in a later course

For any topics where significantly less time was spent than was intended in the course specification or where the topic was not taught at all comment on how significant you believe the lack of coverage is for the program objectives or for later courses in the program and suggest possible compensating action if you believe it is needed

Topics (if any) not Fully Covered Significance of Lack of Coverage

Possible Compensating Action Elsewhere in the Program

3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification

(Refer to planned teaching strategies in Course Specification and description of Domains of Learning Outcomes in the National Qualifications Framework)

Comment under each of the domains on the recommended teaching strategies indicating whether you believe they were effective for their purpose noting any difficulties experienced and suggesting responses if changes are needed For example it might be desirable to provide different support material or prepare students in a different way for the instructors to gain more practice in the use of a strategy or for a different strategy to be used for that learning outcome

DomainsList Teaching Strategies set out in Course Specification

Were theseEffective

Difficulties Experienced (if any) in Using the Strategy and Suggested

Action to Deal with Those Difficulties No Yes

A Knowledge and Understanding

B Intellectual SkillsC Professional and

Practical SkillsD Transferable Skills

4 Summarize any actions you recommend for improving teaching strategies as a result of evaluations in table 3 above

48

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 49: Engineering Thermodynamics

If the description under 3 indicates action is required what would you recommend

III Results

1 Number of students starting the course

Indicate the number of students who enrolled and actually started attending classes at the beginning of the semester

2 Number of students completing the course

This should be the number who attended classes until the end of the semester regardless of whether they passed or failed

3 Number of students who entered the test course

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

5 Result Summary

Show the numbers and percentages of students who passed failed etc

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

6 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

Include a brief explanation if there were any unusual events or circumstances that might have affected the grade distribution

7 Variations from planned student assessment processes (if any) ( See items C 4 and 5 in

49

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 50: Engineering Thermodynamics

the Course Specification) If there were any variations from the schedule of assessment tasks and or assignment activities indicate

the change that was made and the reasons for itIf there were variations from the strategies planned for assessing students learning in different domains of

learning as set out in the course specification indicate the changes that were made and the reasons for them

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment schedule (C5 in Course Specification)Variation Reason

b Variations (if any) from planned assessment processes in Domains of Learning (C4 in Course Specification)

Variation Reason

8Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)

Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate

Method (s) of Verification Conclusion

IV Resources and Facilities1 Difficulties in access to resources or

facilities (if any)If there were any difficulties in getting access to

the resources or facilities required for the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

For any difficulties that were experienced explain any

effect they may have had on student learning

V Administrative Issues

1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)

If there were any organizational or administrative difficulties that affected the course give a brief description

2 Consequences of any difficulties experienced for student learning in the course

Explain what effect difficulties experienced may have had on students learning in the course

50

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 51: Engineering Thermodynamics

VI Course Evaluation1 Student evaluation of the course

(Attach Survey Results if available)

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as shown in the student

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief explanation or comment These may acknowledge or disagree with strengths or areas in

need of improvement or provide an explanation or interpretation

2 Other Evaluation -- What evaluations were receivedSpecify and attach reports where available (eg By head of department peer observations accreditation review other stakeholders etc)

Describe any other evaluations received from different sources for example comment by colleagues or head of department or visiting reviewers

c List the most important criticisms and strengthsList the most common and the most significant criticisms and strengths as revealed in these other

evaluations

d Response of instructor or course team to this evaluationProvide a brief comment These may agree or disagree with strengths or areas in need of improvement or

provide an explanation

VII Planning for Improvement1 Progress on actions proposed for improving the course in previous course reports

Provide a summary description of any actions that were taken as a result of previous course evaluations or action plans described in course reports to improve the course and comment on the results achieved

Actions proposed in the most recent previous course report(s)

State whether each action was undertaken the impact and if the proposed action was not undertaken or completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the course this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the course and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the course new equipment new teaching techniques etc)

List other action that was taken to improve the course and comment on results achieved

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear

List action proposed to improve the course for the next semesteryear noting for each action the planned completion date and the person responsible

Actions Required Completion Date Person Responsible

51

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 52: Engineering Thermodynamics

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the course would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

List recommendations for consideration by the department chair or program coordinator that would require decision at that level or that might affect other courses in the program

Name of Course Instructor

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator Date

52

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 53: Engineering Thermodynamics

Templete for Field Training Specification

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activity

7Name of faculty member responsible for

administration of the field Training

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offered

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of training

II Course Field Training Description-

53

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 54: Engineering Thermodynamics

III Field Training Aims 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a Tasks1-2-3- 4-5-

2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented

1-2-3-

3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate

- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding DemineProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub-PILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and

Training strategies to be used to develop that

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

54

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 55: Engineering Thermodynamics

Understanding knowledge

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in

55

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 56: Engineering Thermodynamics

Professional and Practical Skills Professional and Practical Skills After completing this program students would be

able toAfter participating in the Course Field Training

students would be able toC1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-C2-C3-C4-

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-

56

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 57: Engineering Thermodynamics

D2-D3-D4-

IV Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occur

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training

----

3- Students Tasks

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)Title or description thesethese

assignments orassignments or reportsreports

When are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

57

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 58: Engineering Thermodynamics

5-

5- Students Follow-up

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field Institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and support

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

Others

V Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

-

58

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 59: Engineering Thermodynamics

--

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors

---

3- Preparation of Students

---

4- Safety and Risk Management

---

VI Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments

-

59

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 60: Engineering Thermodynamics

--

VII Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

Students

---

Supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

--

60

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 61: Engineering Thermodynamics

Instruction of A Field Training Specification Templete

Universityinsert the name of the University

Facultyinsert the name of the college principally responsible for the field Training activity

Departmentinsert the name of the department principally responsible for the field Training activity

Program titleWrite the title of the program(s) which contain the course and identify if majorminor elements where relevant

VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title Show the title for the field Training

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code Show the institutional code number for the field Training

3Credit hours Write the number of credit hours for the field Training

activity

CHTotal

Th Pr Tut Tr

4Study levelyear at which the field Training

Offered Indicate the year level in the program

when the field Training is undertaken

5 Course Field Training Requisite (if any)

6Duration and time allocation of the field

Training activityIndicate the length of time taken in the field

Training activity and the amount of time taken Eg One semester one day per week three weeks full time etc

7

Name of faculty member responsible for administration of the field Training

If a single faculty member has been given responsibility for coordinating the field Training activity that persons name should be given If it is a new program for which a coordinator has not yet been appointed that should be noted and the new appointees name included when it is known

8Places in which this field Training activity is

offeredWrite the name of the Places

9Name of the person supervising the training

of students in the field of trainingWrite the name

IX Course Field Training Description-

61

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 62: Engineering Thermodynamics

X Field Training Aims 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in

the field Training a TasksThis should be a brief summary of the main purposes only A more detailed description of intended learning outcomes is requested in 3 below

1-2-3- 4-5-

5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implementedList and briefly describe any plans for major changes or developments of the field Training a Tasks and strategies that are being used to achieve those objectives For example a pilot program to assess the effect of varying scheduling arrangements for the field Training introduction of newsletters about the program to field supervisors to improve communication and understanding field research activities by groups of faculty working in cooperation with field supervisors

1-2-3-

6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of LearningIn this item summarize the learning outcomes expected from the field Training in each of the domains of learning what will be done to develop that learning and the way student learning will be assessed The field Training is not expected to contribute to every domain but where important outcomes are expected they should be clearly identified and attention given to how they will be developed and learning assessed

For each domain of learning domain shown below indicate- Brief summary of the knowledge or skills the field Training is intended to develop- Description of the teaching strategies to be used in the course Field Training to develop

that knowledge or skills- The methods of student assessment to be used in the Course Field Training to evaluate

learning outcomes in the domain concerned ( Note that the objectives of the field Training may not include all of the domains and the items

should be completed only for kinds of learning the field Training Tasks is intended to develop)

(A) Knowledge and Understanding Domain Description of the knowledge to be acquired

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding Demine

62

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 63: Engineering Thermodynamics

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub-PILOs) in

Knowledge and Understanding

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) inKnowledge and Understanding

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

A1- A1-A2- A2-

A3-

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Knowledge and Understanding to Training strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Knowledge and Understanding

Training strategies to be used to develop that knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

Knowledge and Understanding to be acquired

A1-

A2-

A3-

A4-

This should be a description of the knowledge that students should gain as a result of participation in the field Training Explain what will be done to ensure that this knowledge is gained ExamplemdashField supervisors advised of regulations

procedures safety precautions students should learn about and asked to ensure that information is provided Students complete assignment recording information obtained Tutorial discussion following completion of field Training to review what students have learned

Describe how learning will be assessed For examplemdashStudent quiz at end of field Training

(B) Intellectual Skills Description of Intellectual skills to be developed

Alignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Intellectual skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in Intellectual skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning

Outcomes (CILOs) of Intellectual SkillsAfter completing this program students would

be able toAfter participating in the Course Field

Training students would be able toB1- B1-B2- B2-

63

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 64: Engineering Thermodynamics

B3-B4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of Intellectual Skills to Training Strategies Methods and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Intellectual Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

B1-B2-B3-B4-

List the thinking and problem solving skills the field Training is intended to develop As a guide it may be useful to begin with the phrase ldquoThe ability tohelliprdquo The list should include practical skills that involve the use of analysis and problem solving techniques gained in on campus studies and any additional techniques used by practitioners in the field setting

Describe what will be done to ensure that these skills are developed ExamplemdashPractical tasks carried out in the field setting Assignment task to be completed with advice of field supervisor

Describe how cognitive skills will be assessed ExamplemdashRatings of performance by field supervisor and faculty member Faculty assessment of assignment task

(C) Professional and Practical SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Program Intended Learning Outcomes (Sub - PILOs) in

Professional and Practical Skills

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

After completing this program students would be able to

After participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

C1- C1-C2- C2-

C3-C4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning Outcomes

Alignment Learning Outcomes of Professional and Practical Skills to Training Strategies and Assessment Methods

Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes

(CILOs) in Professional and Practical Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

C1-

64

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 65: Engineering Thermodynamics

C2-C3-C4-

List the objectives of the field Training for improving studentsrsquo Professional and Practical skills

(D) General Transferable SkillsAlignment Course Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) to Program Intended Learning Outcomes

(PILOs) in General and Transferable skillsProgram Intended Learning Outcomes

(Sub - PILOs) in General Transferable skillsCourse Field Training Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General Transferable

skillsAfter completing this program students would be able to

General and Transferable skillsAfter participating in the Course Field Training students would be able to

D1- D1-D2- D2-D3- D3-D4- D4-

Training Strategies And Assessment Methods For Achieving Learning OutcomesAlignment Learning Outcomes of General and Transferable skills to Training Strategies and

Assessment MethodsCourse Field Training

Intended Learning Outcomes (CILOs) in General and

Transferable Skills

Training strategies to be used to develop that

knowledge

Methods of assessment of knowledge acquired

D1-D2-D3-D4-

XI Description of Field Training Tasks

1 ndash At what stage or stages during the program does the field Training occurIndicate when during the program the students participate in the field Training

65

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 66: Engineering Thermodynamics

----

2 ndash Procedures of Training Describe the Procedure of Training in which filed Training is applied (eg single time block distributed time blocks

recurrent schedule ofhelliphellip days per week)Describe how the time schedule for the field Training is Procedure Eg One day per week for XXX weeks three weeks full time one semester full time etc

----

3- Students Tasks Describe the principal Tasks in which the students will be involved during the field Training

If their level of responsibility is to be progressively increased during the period explain how that will be done

----

4- Students Assignments or Reports (if any)

List any assignments or reports that students are required to prepare and indicate the time when they must be completed

Title or description thesethese assignments orassignments or

reportsreportsWhen are these assignments or reports required

1-

2-

3-

4-

5-

5- Students Follow-upDescribe the procedures made to students follow-up to reflect on their Training s and apply what they have learned to future

situations ( eg Seminars or tutorials individual consultations reference in subsequent courses etc )Describe follow up activities with students after completion of the field Training to consolidate and apply learning reflect

66

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 67: Engineering Thermodynamics

on the Training etc

----

6- Responsibilities of Supervisory Staff in the Field Training Describe the main responsibilities of supervising staff working in the field location ( eg Planning activities for students

development of skills advice to students assessment of performance )Describe the major responsibilities to be carried by the supervising staff

----7- Responsibilities of Supervisory from the Field InstitutionDescribe the main responsibilities of supervising from the institution ( eg Consultation planning with participation and

advice to field supervisors and students student assessment time expectations for visits etc )Describe the responsibilities of supervising from the institution

---

8- Describe the procedures to be used for students guidance and supportDescribe arrangements made for student support and guidance including scheduled contacts and emergency access for advice and assistance

---9- What the facilities and support of the institution in the field training for students

Describe what facilities are required including desk or other accommodation at the field site computer access if necessary learning support materials and any other requirements

Accommodation

Computer Resources

Learning Support Materials

67

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 68: Engineering Thermodynamics

Others

XII Preparation and Coordination1- Identification of Field Placements

Describe processes used to identify appropriate field placementsDescribe the process followed in identifying placements including principal criteria for selection

---

2- Preparation of Field Supervisors Briefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made to ensure full understanding of roles and responsibilities of

supervising facultystaff in the field setting ( eg briefing meetings and follow up consultation training staff development notes for guidance )

Describe the process followed to brief supervising staff in the field setting on their responsibilities and the processes to be followed with students Include details of when this will be done and mechanisms for ongoing consultation and emergency contact if required

---

3- Preparation of StudentsBriefly describe and indicate timing of the procedures made for preparation of students for participation in the field Training

Tasks ( Cross reference to any written notes provided )Describe what will be done to prepare students for their participation in the work Training program and the timing of this preparation Written notes prepared for student guidance should be referred to or attached

---

4- Safety and Risk Management Describe processes used to ensure safety and identify potential risks to students persons with whom they work or facilities

where they will be located and strategies to minimize and protect against those risks ( including insurance procedures )Describe process followed to ensure safety and identify risks for students clients or others associated with the field Training Tasks and steps taken to minimize and protect against those risks If a risk assessment has been prepared a copy should be attached

---

68

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 69: Engineering Thermodynamics

XIII Student Assessment 1- Bases of Assessment

Describe the major performance criteria or matters considered in deciding on student grades (these may include assessments of work performance and personal characteristics and written reports of assignments)

If specified weightings are given for different tasks or criteria indicate the weighting given to each component

Describe the principal criteria for the assessment of students performance in the field setting

---

2- Field Supervisors Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising staff in the field location for student assessment

Describe the responsibility of field supervisors for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment of performance shared with supervising faculty from institution etc)

---

3- Supervising Faculty Responsibility for Assessment Describe the responsibility of supervising faculty from the institution for student assessment (eg assessment of some aspects of work done overall assessment shared with supervising staff in the field location etc)

---

4- Resolution of Differences in Assessments If supervising staff in the field location and faculty from the institution share responsibility for student

assessment describe the procedures followed for resolving any differences between themExplain what process is followed if the field supervisor and the supervising faculty member from the institution differ in their assessment of students performance in the field Training

---

XIV Evaluation of the Field Training 1- Describe the procedures to be followed for evaluation of field Training activity by

69

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 70: Engineering Thermodynamics

Students

Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the students involved

---

Supervising staff in the field settingDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising staff in the field setting

---

Supervising faculty from the institutionDescribe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by the supervising faculty from the institution

---

Others (eg graduates independent evaluator etc)Describe process for obtaining feedback on the quality of the field Training by other stakeholders (Eg former students in surveys of the quality of the program as a whole)

--

2- Describe the planning procedures for periodically reviewing for the effectiveness of the field Training and planning for improvement

Describe the process to be followed in reviewing feedback from various sources and planning for improvementExamplemdashSummary of evaluations prepared and considered by a program planning group including representatives of students and supervisors at the end of each year

--

70

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 71: Engineering Thermodynamics

Template for Field Training ReportField Training encompasses fieldwork professional or clinical placements internships and other forms

of placement learning and applied learning that are part of the formal curriculum within the educational program

University

Faculty

Department

Program title

I Field Training Identification and General Information1 Course Field Training Title

2 Course Field Training Number amp Code

3Program(s) in which this field Training activity is offered

4 Year and semester to which this report applies

5Name of faculty member responsible for administration of field Training

II Conduct of Field Training 1

Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of students

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

2Changes (if any) from planned arrangements for preparation of field supervisors

Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

3 Changes (if any) in organizational arrangements for the field Training Comment (reasons consequences implications for future planning)

a Changes in required Tasks tasks or assignments

b Changes in arrangements for student support c Other changes (if any)

71

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 72: Engineering Thermodynamics

III Results

1 Number of students starting the field Training

2 Number of students completing the field Training

3 Number of students who entered the Field Training

4 Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)

No

OR

No

Excellent 90-100

Very good 80-89

Good 65-79

Pass 50-64

Fail lt 50

4 Result Summary

Passed No Percent Failed No Percent

5 Special factors (if any) affecting the results

72

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 73: Engineering Thermodynamics

IV Administrative Issues

1- Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)

2- Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes

3- Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)

V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks1 Student Evaluation of the field Training (attach survey results)

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

2 Comments (interviews survey results etc) from field Training supervisors

e List the most important criticisms and strengths

f Response of coordinator or field Training team

73

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 74: Engineering Thermodynamics

VI Planning for Improvement1 Action taken to improve the field Training this semesteryear

Provide a brief summary of significant developments this year including professional development for faculty or support for field supervisors modifications to the field Training and new approaches to quality management

2 Progress on other action identified in previous action plansItems identified last year for action (other than those shown

in item 1 above)State whether completed the impact and if not

completed give reasons

2 Other action taken to improve the Course Field Training this semesteryearProvide a brief summary of any other action taken to improve the Course Field Training and the results achieved (For example professional development for faculty modifications to the Course Field Training new equipment new Training Strategies techniques etc)

3 Action Plan for Next SemesterYear Actions Required Planned Completion Date Person Responsible

4 Recommendations to Program Coordinator (if Required)(Recommendations by the instructor to the program coordinator if any proposed action to improve the Course Field Training would require approval at program department or institutional level or that might affect other courses in the program)

Field Training coordinator

Signature Date Report Completed

Received by Program Coordinator

74

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator
Page 75: Engineering Thermodynamics

Student Handbook Componentsa Introductionb Program objectivesc Program learning outcomesd Study plane Academic calendarf Admissiong Jobs available for graduates

h Student services

Group Activities

1- Use the course specification Templete in this manual and fill in the spaces for one of the courses

of the first year of your university program

2- Drive from the first activity Templete a course plane (syllabus) using the course plan Templete

in this manual

3- Present both activities to all participants

75

  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • II Course Description
  • III Professional Information
  • 1- Aims of The Course
  • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
  • V Studentsrsquo Support
  • VI Learning Resources
  • I Course Identification and General Information
  • Credits
    • II Course Description
    • III Professional Information
    • 1- Aims of The Course
    • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
      • How to identify and write course outcomes
        • V Studentsrsquo Support
        • VI Learning Resources
        • VII Facilities Required
        • VIII Course Evaluation and Improvement Processes
          • IX Course Policies (including plagiarism academic honesty attendance etc)
          • Unless otherwise stated the normal course administration policies and rules of the Faculty of ----- apply For the policy see ------------------------------------
          • The University Regulations on academic misconduct will be strictly enforced Please refer to -----------
          • 1
          • Class Attendance
          • -
          • 2
          • Tardy
          • -
          • 3
          • Exam AttendancePunctuality
          • -
          • 4
          • Assignments amp Projects
          • -
          • 5
          • Cheating
          • -
          • 6
          • Plagiarism
          • -
          • 7
          • Other policies
          • -
            • A- Information about Faculty Member Responsible for the Course
            • B- Course Identification and General Information
            • C- Course Description
            • Brief description of knowledge skills and activities to be achieved (50-70 words)
            • C- Professional Information
            • 1- Aims of The Course
            • 2- Intended learning outcomes (ILOs) of the course
            • D- Course Content
            • X Learning Resources
            • I Course Identification and General Information
              • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies
                • II Course Delivery
                  • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                  • Topics
                  • Planned Contact Hours
                  • Actual Contact Hours
                  • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                  • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                  • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                    • III Results
                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                      • 8
                      • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                        • IV Resources and Facilities
                          • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                            • V Administrative Issues
                              • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                • VI Course Evaluation
                                • VII Planning for Improvement
                                • I Course Identification and General Information
                                  • If course is taught in more than one section indicate the section to which this report applies (Section of the course)
                                    • II Course Delivery
                                      • 1 Coverage of Planned Program
                                      • Complete the table to compare the planned coverage of topics in the planned program with what actually happened If there was a large variation (25 or more variation from the plan) give a brief explanation
                                      • Topics
                                      • Planned Contact Hours
                                      • Actual Contact Hours
                                      • Reason for Variations if there is a difference of more than 25 of the hours planned
                                      • 2 Consequences of Non Coverage of Topics
                                      • 3 Effectiveness of Planned Teaching Strategies for Intended Learning Outcomes set out in the Course Specification
                                        • III Results
                                          • Number of students who entered the test course
                                          • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                          • Show the distribution of grades or percentage marks using the system normally applied in the institution
                                          • 8
                                          • Verification of Standards of Achievement (Eg check marking of a sample of papers by others in the department See G4 in Course Specification) (Where independent report is provided a copy should be attached)
                                          • Explain what was done to check that the standards applied in assessments of students work were valid and appropriate
                                            • IV Resources and Facilities
                                              • 1 Difficulties in access to resources or facilities (if any)
                                                • V Administrative Issues
                                                  • 1 Organizational or administrative difficulties encountered (if any)
                                                    • VI Course Evaluation
                                                    • VII Planning for Improvement
                                                    • I Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Course Field Training Description
                                                    • III Field Training Aims
                                                    • 1- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 2- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 3- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • IV Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • V Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • VI Student Assessment
                                                    • VII Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • VIII Field Training Course Identification and General Information
                                                    • IX Course Field Training Description
                                                    • X Field Training Aims
                                                    • 4- Brief description of the main learning outcomes for students participating in the field Training a Tasks
                                                    • 5- Briefly describe any plans for developing and improving the field Training a Tasks that are being implemented
                                                    • 6- Development of Learning Outcomes in Domains of Learning
                                                    • XI Description of Field Training Tasks
                                                    • XII Preparation and Coordination
                                                    • XIII Student Assessment
                                                    • XIV Evaluation of the Field Training
                                                    • Template for Field Training Report
                                                    • I Field Training Identification and General Information
                                                    • II Conduct of Field Training
                                                    • III Results
                                                      • Distribution of Grades (If percentage marks are given indicate numbers in each 5 percentile group)
                                                        • IV Administrative Issues
                                                          • 1-
                                                          • Administrative difficulties encountered either at the institution or in the field situations (if any)
                                                          • 2-
                                                          • Effect of any difficulties on student learning outcomes
                                                          • 3-
                                                          • Changes needed to avoid these difficulties in future administration of the field Training (if any)
                                                            • V Evaluation of Field Training Tasks
                                                            • VI Planning for Improvement
                                                            • Field Training coordinator